blob: e8fd0903654991cb32d5a032c6815cf52f511183 [file] [log] [blame]
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02001 ----------------------
2 HAProxy
3 Configuration Manual
4 ----------------------
Willy Tarreau79158882009-06-09 11:59:08 +02005 version 1.4
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02006 willy tarreau
Willy Tarreau79158882009-06-09 11:59:08 +02007 2009/06/09
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02008
9
10This document covers the configuration language as implemented in the version
11specified above. It does not provide any hint, example or advice. For such
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +010012documentation, please refer to the Reference Manual or the Architecture Manual.
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020013The summary below is meant to help you search sections by name and navigate
14through the document.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +020015
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020016Note to documentation contributors :
17 This document is formated with 80 columns per line, with even number of
18 spaces for indentation and without tabs. Please follow these rules strictly
19 so that it remains easily printable everywhere. If a line needs to be
20 printed verbatim and does not fit, please end each line with a backslash
21 ('\') and continue on next line. If you add sections, please update the
22 summary below for easier searching.
23
24
25Summary
26-------
27
281. Quick reminder about HTTP
291.1. The HTTP transaction model
301.2. HTTP request
311.2.1. The Request line
321.2.2. The request headers
331.3. HTTP response
341.3.1. The Response line
351.3.2. The response headers
36
372. Configuring HAProxy
382.1. Configuration file format
392.2. Time format
40
413. Global parameters
423.1. Process management and security
433.2. Performance tuning
443.3. Debugging
45
464. Proxies
474.1. Proxy keywords matrix
484.2. Alphabetically sorted keywords reference
49
505. Server options
51
526. HTTP header manipulation
53
547. Using ACLs
557.1. Matching integers
567.2. Matching strings
577.3. Matching regular expressions (regexes)
587.4. Matching IPv4 addresses
597.5. Available matching criteria
607.5.1. Matching at Layer 4 and below
617.5.2. Matching contents at Layer 4
627.5.3. Matching at Layer 7
637.6. Pre-defined ACLs
647.7. Using ACLs to form conditions
65
668. Logging
678.1. Log levels
688.2. Log formats
698.2.1. Default log format
708.2.2. TCP log format
718.2.3. HTTP log format
728.3. Advanced logging options
738.3.1. Disabling logging of external tests
748.3.2. Logging before waiting for the session to terminate
758.3.3. Raising log level upon errors
768.3.4. Disabling logging of successful connections
778.4. Timing events
788.5. Session state at disconnection
798.6. Non-printable characters
808.7. Capturing HTTP cookies
818.8. Capturing HTTP headers
828.9. Examples of logs
83
849. Statistics and monitoring
859.1. CSV format
869.2. Unix Socket commands
87
88
891. Quick reminder about HTTP
90----------------------------
91
92When haproxy is running in HTTP mode, both the request and the response are
93fully analyzed and indexed, thus it becomes possible to build matching criteria
94on almost anything found in the contents.
95
96However, it is important to understand how HTTP requests and responses are
97formed, and how HAProxy decomposes them. It will then become easier to write
98correct rules and to debug existing configurations.
99
100
1011.1. The HTTP transaction model
102-------------------------------
103
104The HTTP protocol is transaction-driven. This means that each request will lead
105to one and only one response. Traditionnally, a TCP connection is established
106from the client to the server, a request is sent by the client on the
107connection, the server responds and the connection is closed. A new request
108will involve a new connection :
109
110 [CON1] [REQ1] ... [RESP1] [CLO1] [CON2] [REQ2] ... [RESP2] [CLO2] ...
111
112In this mode, called the "HTTP close" mode, there are as many connection
113establishments as there are HTTP transactions. Since the connection is closed
114by the server after the response, the client does not need to know the content
115length.
116
117Due to the transactional nature of the protocol, it was possible to improve it
118to avoid closing a connection between two subsequent transactions. In this mode
119however, it is mandatory that the server indicates the content length for each
120response so that the client does not wait indefinitely. For this, a special
121header is used: "Content-length". This mode is called the "keep-alive" mode :
122
123 [CON] [REQ1] ... [RESP1] [REQ2] ... [RESP2] [CLO] ...
124
125Its advantages are a reduced latency between transactions, and less processing
126power required on the server side. It is generally better than the close mode,
127but not always because the clients often limit their concurrent connections to
128a smaller value. HAProxy currently does not support the HTTP keep-alive mode,
129but knows how to transform it to the close mode.
130
131A last improvement in the communications is the pipelining mode. It still uses
132keep-alive, but the client does not wait for the first response to send the
133second request. This is useful for fetching large number of images composing a
134page :
135
136 [CON] [REQ1] [REQ2] ... [RESP1] [RESP2] [CLO] ...
137
138This can obviously have a tremendous benefit on performance because the network
139latency is eliminated between subsequent requests. Many HTTP agents do not
140correctly support pipelining since there is no way to associate a response with
141the corresponding request in HTTP. For this reason, it is mandatory for the
142server to reply in the exact same order as the requests were received.
143
144Right now, HAProxy only supports the first mode (HTTP close) if it needs to
145process the request. This means that for each request, there will be one TCP
146connection. If keep-alive or pipelining are required, HAProxy will still
147support them, but will only see the first request and the first response of
148each transaction. While this is generally problematic with regards to logs,
149content switching or filtering, it most often causes no problem for persistence
150with cookie insertion.
151
152
1531.2. HTTP request
154-----------------
155
156First, let's consider this HTTP request :
157
158 Line Contents
159 number
160 1 GET /serv/login.php?lang=en&profile=2 HTTP/1.1
161 2 Host: www.mydomain.com
162 3 User-agent: my small browser
163 4 Accept: image/jpeg, image/gif
164 5 Accept: image/png
165
166
1671.2.1. The Request line
168-----------------------
169
170Line 1 is the "request line". It is always composed of 3 fields :
171
172 - a METHOD : GET
173 - a URI : /serv/login.php?lang=en&profile=2
174 - a version tag : HTTP/1.1
175
176All of them are delimited by what the standard calls LWS (linear white spaces),
177which are commonly spaces, but can also be tabs or line feeds/carriage returns
178followed by spaces/tabs. The method itself cannot contain any colon (':') and
179is limited to alphabetic letters. All those various combinations make it
180desirable that HAProxy performs the splitting itself rather than leaving it to
181the user to write a complex or inaccurate regular expression.
182
183The URI itself can have several forms :
184
185 - A "relative URI" :
186
187 /serv/login.php?lang=en&profile=2
188
189 It is a complete URL without the host part. This is generally what is
190 received by servers, reverse proxies and transparent proxies.
191
192 - An "absolute URI", also called a "URL" :
193
194 http://192.168.0.12:8080/serv/login.php?lang=en&profile=2
195
196 It is composed of a "scheme" (the protocol name followed by '://'), a host
197 name or address, optionally a colon (':') followed by a port number, then
198 a relative URI beginning at the first slash ('/') after the address part.
199 This is generally what proxies receive, but a server supporting HTTP/1.1
200 must accept this form too.
201
202 - a star ('*') : this form is only accepted in association with the OPTIONS
203 method and is not relayable. It is used to inquiry a next hop's
204 capabilities.
205
206 - an address:port combination : 192.168.0.12:80
207 This is used with the CONNECT method, which is used to establish TCP
208 tunnels through HTTP proxies, generally for HTTPS, but sometimes for
209 other protocols too.
210
211In a relative URI, two sub-parts are identified. The part before the question
212mark is called the "path". It is typically the relative path to static objects
213on the server. The part after the question mark is called the "query string".
214It is mostly used with GET requests sent to dynamic scripts and is very
215specific to the language, framework or application in use.
216
217
2181.2.2. The request headers
219--------------------------
220
221The headers start at the second line. They are composed of a name at the
222beginning of the line, immediately followed by a colon (':'). Traditionally,
223an LWS is added after the colon but that's not required. Then come the values.
224Multiple identical headers may be folded into one single line, delimiting the
225values with commas, provided that their order is respected. This is commonly
226encountered in the "Cookie:" field. A header may span over multiple lines if
227the subsequent lines begin with an LWS. In the example in 1.2, lines 4 and 5
228define a total of 3 values for the "Accept:" header.
229
230Contrary to a common mis-conception, header names are not case-sensitive, and
231their values are not either if they refer to other header names (such as the
232"Connection:" header).
233
234The end of the headers is indicated by the first empty line. People often say
235that it's a double line feed, which is not exact, even if a double line feed
236is one valid form of empty line.
237
238Fortunately, HAProxy takes care of all these complex combinations when indexing
239headers, checking values and counting them, so there is no reason to worry
240about the way they could be written, but it is important not to accuse an
241application of being buggy if it does unusual, valid things.
242
243Important note:
244 As suggested by RFC2616, HAProxy normalizes headers by replacing line breaks
245 in the middle of headers by LWS in order to join multi-line headers. This
246 is necessary for proper analysis and helps less capable HTTP parsers to work
247 correctly and not to be fooled by such complex constructs.
248
249
2501.3. HTTP response
251------------------
252
253An HTTP response looks very much like an HTTP request. Both are called HTTP
254messages. Let's consider this HTTP response :
255
256 Line Contents
257 number
258 1 HTTP/1.1 200 OK
259 2 Content-length: 350
260 3 Content-Type: text/html
261
262
2631.3.1. The Response line
264------------------------
265
266Line 1 is the "response line". It is always composed of 3 fields :
267
268 - a version tag : HTTP/1.1
269 - a status code : 200
270 - a reason : OK
271
272The status code is always 3-digit. The first digit indicates a general status :
273 - 2xx = OK, content is following (eg: 200, 206)
274 - 3xx = OK, no content following (eg: 302, 304)
275 - 4xx = error caused by the client (eg: 401, 403, 404)
276 - 5xx = error caused by the server (eg: 500, 502, 503)
277
278Please refer to RFC2616 for the detailed meaning of all such codes. The
279"reason" field is just a hint, but is not parsed by clients. Anything can be
280found there, but it's a common practice to respect the well-established
281messages. It can be composed of one or multiple words, such as "OK", "Found",
282or "Authentication Required".
283
284Haproxy may emit the following status codes by itself :
285
286 Code When / reason
287 200 access to stats page, and when replying to monitoring requests
288 301 when performing a redirection, depending on the configured code
289 302 when performing a redirection, depending on the configured code
290 303 when performing a redirection, depending on the configured code
291 400 for an invalid or too large request
292 401 when an authentication is required to perform the action (when
293 accessing the stats page)
294 403 when a request is forbidden by a "block" ACL or "reqdeny" filter
295 408 when the request timeout strikes before the request is complete
296 500 when haproxy encounters an unrecoverable internal error, such as a
297 memory allocation failure, which should never happen
298 502 when the server returns an empty, invalid or incomplete response, or
299 when an "rspdeny" filter blocks the response.
300 503 when no server was available to handle the request, or in response to
301 monitoring requests which match the "monitor fail" condition
302 504 when the response timeout strikes before the server responds
303
304The error 4xx and 5xx codes above may be customized (see "errorloc" in section
3054.2).
306
307
3081.3.2. The response headers
309---------------------------
310
311Response headers work exactly like request headers, and as such, HAProxy uses
312the same parsing function for both. Please refer to paragraph 1.2.2 for more
313details.
314
315
3162. Configuring HAProxy
317----------------------
318
3192.1. Configuration file format
320------------------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200321
322HAProxy's configuration process involves 3 major sources of parameters :
323
324 - the arguments from the command-line, which always take precedence
325 - the "global" section, which sets process-wide parameters
326 - the proxies sections which can take form of "defaults", "listen",
327 "frontend" and "backend".
328
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100329The configuration file syntax consists in lines beginning with a keyword
330referenced in this manual, optionally followed by one or several parameters
331delimited by spaces. If spaces have to be entered in strings, then they must be
332preceeded by a backslash ('\') to be escaped. Backslashes also have to be
333escaped by doubling them.
334
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200335
3362.2. Time format
337----------------
338
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100339Some parameters involve values representating time, such as timeouts. These
340values are generally expressed in milliseconds (unless explicitly stated
341otherwise) but may be expressed in any other unit by suffixing the unit to the
342numeric value. It is important to consider this because it will not be repeated
343for every keyword. Supported units are :
344
345 - us : microseconds. 1 microsecond = 1/1000000 second
346 - ms : milliseconds. 1 millisecond = 1/1000 second. This is the default.
347 - s : seconds. 1s = 1000ms
348 - m : minutes. 1m = 60s = 60000ms
349 - h : hours. 1h = 60m = 3600s = 3600000ms
350 - d : days. 1d = 24h = 1440m = 86400s = 86400000ms
351
352
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003533. Global parameters
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200354--------------------
355
356Parameters in the "global" section are process-wide and often OS-specific. They
357are generally set once for all and do not need being changed once correct. Some
358of them have command-line equivalents.
359
360The following keywords are supported in the "global" section :
361
362 * Process management and security
363 - chroot
364 - daemon
365 - gid
366 - group
367 - log
368 - nbproc
369 - pidfile
370 - uid
371 - ulimit-n
372 - user
Willy Tarreaufbee7132007-10-18 13:53:22 +0200373 - stats
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200374
375 * Performance tuning
376 - maxconn
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100377 - maxpipes
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200378 - noepoll
379 - nokqueue
380 - nopoll
381 - nosepoll
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100382 - nosplice
Willy Tarreaufe255b72007-10-14 23:09:26 +0200383 - spread-checks
Willy Tarreaua0250ba2008-01-06 11:22:57 +0100384 - tune.maxaccept
385 - tune.maxpollevents
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200386
387 * Debugging
388 - debug
389 - quiet
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200390
391
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003923.1. Process management and security
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200393------------------------------------
394
395chroot <jail dir>
396 Changes current directory to <jail dir> and performs a chroot() there before
397 dropping privileges. This increases the security level in case an unknown
398 vulnerability would be exploited, since it would make it very hard for the
399 attacker to exploit the system. This only works when the process is started
400 with superuser privileges. It is important to ensure that <jail_dir> is both
401 empty and unwritable to anyone.
402
403daemon
404 Makes the process fork into background. This is the recommended mode of
405 operation. It is equivalent to the command line "-D" argument. It can be
406 disabled by the command line "-db" argument.
407
408gid <number>
409 Changes the process' group ID to <number>. It is recommended that the group
410 ID is dedicated to HAProxy or to a small set of similar daemons. HAProxy must
411 be started with a user belonging to this group, or with superuser privileges.
412 See also "group" and "uid".
413
414group <group name>
415 Similar to "gid" but uses the GID of group name <group name> from /etc/group.
416 See also "gid" and "user".
417
Willy Tarreauf7edefa2009-05-10 17:20:05 +0200418log <address> <facility> [max level [min level]]
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200419 Adds a global syslog server. Up to two global servers can be defined. They
420 will receive logs for startups and exits, as well as all logs from proxies
Robert Tsai81ae1952007-12-05 10:47:29 +0100421 configured with "log global".
422
423 <address> can be one of:
424
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +0100425 - An IPv4 address optionally followed by a colon and a UDP port. If
Robert Tsai81ae1952007-12-05 10:47:29 +0100426 no port is specified, 514 is used by default (the standard syslog
427 port).
428
429 - A filesystem path to a UNIX domain socket, keeping in mind
430 considerations for chroot (be sure the path is accessible inside
431 the chroot) and uid/gid (be sure the path is appropriately
432 writeable).
433
434 <facility> must be one of the 24 standard syslog facilities :
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200435
436 kern user mail daemon auth syslog lpr news
437 uucp cron auth2 ftp ntp audit alert cron2
438 local0 local1 local2 local3 local4 local5 local6 local7
439
440 An optional level can be specified to filter outgoing messages. By default,
Willy Tarreauf7edefa2009-05-10 17:20:05 +0200441 all messages are sent. If a maximum level is specified, only messages with a
442 severity at least as important as this level will be sent. An optional minimum
443 level can be specified. If it is set, logs emitted with a more severe level
444 than this one will be capped to this level. This is used to avoid sending
445 "emerg" messages on all terminals on some default syslog configurations.
446 Eight levels are known :
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200447
448 emerg alert crit err warning notice info debug
449
450nbproc <number>
451 Creates <number> processes when going daemon. This requires the "daemon"
452 mode. By default, only one process is created, which is the recommended mode
453 of operation. For systems limited to small sets of file descriptors per
454 process, it may be needed to fork multiple daemons. USING MULTIPLE PROCESSES
455 IS HARDER TO DEBUG AND IS REALLY DISCOURAGED. See also "daemon".
456
457pidfile <pidfile>
458 Writes pids of all daemons into file <pidfile>. This option is equivalent to
459 the "-p" command line argument. The file must be accessible to the user
460 starting the process. See also "daemon".
461
Willy Tarreaufbee7132007-10-18 13:53:22 +0200462stats socket <path> [{uid | user} <uid>] [{gid | group} <gid>] [mode <mode>]
463 Creates a UNIX socket in stream mode at location <path>. Any previously
464 existing socket will be backed up then replaced. Connections to this socket
465 will get a CSV-formated output of the process statistics in response to the
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +0100466 "show stat" command followed by a line feed, more general process information
467 in response to the "show info" command followed by a line feed, and a
468 complete list of all existing sessions in response to the "show sess" command
469 followed by a line feed.
Willy Tarreaua8efd362008-01-03 10:19:15 +0100470
471 On platforms which support it, it is possible to restrict access to this
472 socket by specifying numerical IDs after "uid" and "gid", or valid user and
473 group names after the "user" and "group" keywords. It is also possible to
474 restrict permissions on the socket by passing an octal value after the "mode"
475 keyword (same syntax as chmod). Depending on the platform, the permissions on
476 the socket will be inherited from the directory which hosts it, or from the
477 user the process is started with.
Willy Tarreaufbee7132007-10-18 13:53:22 +0200478
479stats timeout <timeout, in milliseconds>
480 The default timeout on the stats socket is set to 10 seconds. It is possible
481 to change this value with "stats timeout". The value must be passed in
Willy Tarreaubefdff12007-12-02 22:27:38 +0100482 milliseconds, or be suffixed by a time unit among { us, ms, s, m, h, d }.
Willy Tarreaufbee7132007-10-18 13:53:22 +0200483
484stats maxconn <connections>
485 By default, the stats socket is limited to 10 concurrent connections. It is
486 possible to change this value with "stats maxconn".
487
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200488uid <number>
489 Changes the process' user ID to <number>. It is recommended that the user ID
490 is dedicated to HAProxy or to a small set of similar daemons. HAProxy must
491 be started with superuser privileges in order to be able to switch to another
492 one. See also "gid" and "user".
493
494ulimit-n <number>
495 Sets the maximum number of per-process file-descriptors to <number>. By
496 default, it is automatically computed, so it is recommended not to use this
497 option.
498
499user <user name>
500 Similar to "uid" but uses the UID of user name <user name> from /etc/passwd.
501 See also "uid" and "group".
502
503
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005043.2. Performance tuning
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200505-----------------------
506
507maxconn <number>
508 Sets the maximum per-process number of concurrent connections to <number>. It
509 is equivalent to the command-line argument "-n". Proxies will stop accepting
510 connections when this limit is reached. The "ulimit-n" parameter is
511 automatically adjusted according to this value. See also "ulimit-n".
512
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100513maxpipes <number>
514 Sets the maximum per-process number of pipes to <number>. Currently, pipes
515 are only used by kernel-based tcp splicing. Since a pipe contains two file
516 descriptors, the "ulimit-n" value will be increased accordingly. The default
517 value is maxconn/4, which seems to be more than enough for most heavy usages.
518 The splice code dynamically allocates and releases pipes, and can fall back
519 to standard copy, so setting this value too low may only impact performance.
520
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200521noepoll
522 Disables the use of the "epoll" event polling system on Linux. It is
523 equivalent to the command-line argument "-de". The next polling system
524 used will generally be "poll". See also "nosepoll", and "nopoll".
525
526nokqueue
527 Disables the use of the "kqueue" event polling system on BSD. It is
528 equivalent to the command-line argument "-dk". The next polling system
529 used will generally be "poll". See also "nopoll".
530
531nopoll
532 Disables the use of the "poll" event polling system. It is equivalent to the
533 command-line argument "-dp". The next polling system used will be "select".
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100534 It should never be needed to disable "poll" since it's available on all
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200535 platforms supported by HAProxy. See also "nosepoll", and "nopoll" and
536 "nokqueue".
537
538nosepoll
539 Disables the use of the "speculative epoll" event polling system on Linux. It
540 is equivalent to the command-line argument "-ds". The next polling system
541 used will generally be "epoll". See also "nosepoll", and "nopoll".
542
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100543nosplice
544 Disables the use of kernel tcp splicing between sockets on Linux. It is
545 equivalent to the command line argument "-dS". Data will then be copied
546 using conventional and more portable recv/send calls. Kernel tcp splicing is
547 limited to some very recent instances of kernel 2.6. Most verstions between
548 2.6.25 and 2.6.28 are buggy and will forward corrupted data, so they must not
549 be used. This option makes it easier to globally disable kernel splicing in
550 case of doubt. See also "option splice-auto", "option splice-request" and
551 "option splice-response".
552
Willy Tarreaufe255b72007-10-14 23:09:26 +0200553spread-checks <0..50, in percent>
554 Sometimes it is desirable to avoid sending health checks to servers at exact
555 intervals, for instance when many logical servers are located on the same
556 physical server. With the help of this parameter, it becomes possible to add
557 some randomness in the check interval between 0 and +/- 50%. A value between
558 2 and 5 seems to show good results. The default value remains at 0.
559
Willy Tarreaua0250ba2008-01-06 11:22:57 +0100560tune.maxaccept <number>
561 Sets the maximum number of consecutive accepts that a process may perform on
562 a single wake up. High values give higher priority to high connection rates,
563 while lower values give higher priority to already established connections.
Willy Tarreauf49d1df2009-03-01 08:35:41 +0100564 This value is limited to 100 by default in single process mode. However, in
Willy Tarreaua0250ba2008-01-06 11:22:57 +0100565 multi-process mode (nbproc > 1), it defaults to 8 so that when one process
566 wakes up, it does not take all incoming connections for itself and leaves a
Willy Tarreauf49d1df2009-03-01 08:35:41 +0100567 part of them to other processes. Setting this value to -1 completely disables
Willy Tarreaua0250ba2008-01-06 11:22:57 +0100568 the limitation. It should normally not be needed to tweak this value.
569
570tune.maxpollevents <number>
571 Sets the maximum amount of events that can be processed at once in a call to
572 the polling system. The default value is adapted to the operating system. It
573 has been noticed that reducing it below 200 tends to slightly decrease
574 latency at the expense of network bandwidth, and increasing it above 200
575 tends to trade latency for slightly increased bandwidth.
576
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200577
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005783.3. Debugging
579--------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200580
581debug
582 Enables debug mode which dumps to stdout all exchanges, and disables forking
583 into background. It is the equivalent of the command-line argument "-d". It
584 should never be used in a production configuration since it may prevent full
585 system startup.
586
587quiet
588 Do not display any message during startup. It is equivalent to the command-
589 line argument "-q".
590
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200591
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005924. Proxies
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200593----------
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100594
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200595Proxy configuration can be located in a set of sections :
596 - defaults <name>
597 - frontend <name>
598 - backend <name>
599 - listen <name>
600
601A "defaults" section sets default parameters for all other sections following
602its declaration. Those default parameters are reset by the next "defaults"
603section. See below for the list of parameters which can be set in a "defaults"
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100604section. The name is optional but its use is encouraged for better readability.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200605
606A "frontend" section describes a set of listening sockets accepting client
607connections.
608
609A "backend" section describes a set of servers to which the proxy will connect
610to forward incoming connections.
611
612A "listen" section defines a complete proxy with its frontend and backend
613parts combined in one section. It is generally useful for TCP-only traffic.
614
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100615All proxy names must be formed from upper and lower case letters, digits,
616'-' (dash), '_' (underscore) , '.' (dot) and ':' (colon). ACL names are
617case-sensitive, which means that "www" and "WWW" are two different proxies.
618
619Historically, all proxy names could overlap, it just caused troubles in the
620logs. Since the introduction of content switching, it is mandatory that two
621proxies with overlapping capabilities (frontend/backend) have different names.
622However, it is still permitted that a frontend and a backend share the same
623name, as this configuration seems to be commonly encountered.
624
625Right now, two major proxy modes are supported : "tcp", also known as layer 4,
626and "http", also known as layer 7. In layer 4 mode, HAProxy simply forwards
627bidirectionnal traffic between two sides. In layer 7 mode, HAProxy analyzes the
628protocol, and can interact with it by allowing, blocking, switching, adding,
629modifying, or removing arbitrary contents in requests or responses, based on
630arbitrary criteria.
631
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100632
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006334.1. Proxy keywords matrix
634--------------------------
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100635
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200636The following list of keywords is supported. Most of them may only be used in a
637limited set of section types. Some of them are marked as "deprecated" because
638they are inherited from an old syntax which may be confusing or functionally
639limited, and there are new recommended keywords to replace them. Keywords
Willy Tarreau3842f002009-06-14 11:39:52 +0200640listed with [no] can be optionally inverted using the "no" prefix, eg. "no
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200641option contstats". This makes sense when the option has been enabled by default
Willy Tarreau3842f002009-06-14 11:39:52 +0200642and must be disabled for a specific instance. Such options may also be prefixed
643with "default" in order to restore default settings regardless of what has been
644specified in a previous "defaults" section.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100645
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200646
647keyword defaults frontend listen backend
648----------------------+----------+----------+---------+---------
649acl - X X X
650appsession - - X X
Willy Tarreauc73ce2b2008-01-06 10:55:10 +0100651backlog X X X -
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100652balance X - X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200653bind - X X -
Willy Tarreau0b9c02c2009-02-04 22:05:05 +0100654bind-process X X X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200655block - X X X
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100656capture cookie - X X -
657capture request header - X X -
658capture response header - X X -
Willy Tarreaue219db72007-12-03 01:30:13 +0100659clitimeout X X X - (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100660contimeout X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200661cookie X - X X
662default_backend - X X -
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100663disabled X X X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200664dispatch - - X X
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100665enabled X X X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200666errorfile X X X X
667errorloc X X X X
668errorloc302 X X X X
669errorloc303 X X X X
670fullconn X - X X
671grace - X X X
Willy Tarreaudbc36f62007-11-30 12:29:11 +0100672http-check disable-on-404 X - X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200673log X X X X
674maxconn X X X -
675mode X X X X
Willy Tarreauc7246fc2007-12-02 17:31:20 +0100676monitor fail - X X -
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200677monitor-net X X X -
678monitor-uri X X X -
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100679[no] option abortonclose X - X X
Willy Tarreau4076a152009-04-02 15:18:36 +0200680[no] option accept-invalid-
681 http-request X X X -
682[no] option accept-invalid-
683 http-response X - X X
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100684[no] option allbackups X - X X
685[no] option checkcache X - X X
686[no] option clitcpka X X X -
687[no] option contstats X X X -
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +0200688[no] option dontlog-normal X X X -
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100689[no] option dontlognull X X X -
690[no] option forceclose X - X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200691option forwardfor X X X X
692option httpchk X - X X
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100693[no] option httpclose X X X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200694option httplog X X X X
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +0200695[no] option http_proxy X X X X
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +0200696[no] option log-separate-
697 errors X X X -
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100698[no] option logasap X X X -
699[no] option nolinger X X X X
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +0200700option originalto X X X X
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100701[no] option persist X - X X
702[no] option redispatch X - X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200703option smtpchk X - X X
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100704[no] option splice-auto X X X X
705[no] option splice-request X X X X
706[no] option splice-response X X X X
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100707[no] option srvtcpka X - X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200708option ssl-hello-chk X - X X
Willy Tarreau9ea05a72009-06-14 12:07:01 +0200709[no] option tcp-smart-
710 accept X X X -
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200711option tcpka X X X X
712option tcplog X X X X
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100713[no] option tcpsplice X X X X
Willy Tarreau4b1f8592008-12-23 23:13:55 +0100714[no] option transparent X - X X
Willy Tarreau3a7d2072009-03-05 23:48:25 +0100715rate-limit sessions X X X -
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +0200716redirect - X X X
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100717redisp X - X X (deprecated)
718redispatch X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200719reqadd - X X X
720reqallow - X X X
721reqdel - X X X
722reqdeny - X X X
723reqiallow - X X X
724reqidel - X X X
725reqideny - X X X
726reqipass - X X X
727reqirep - X X X
728reqisetbe - X X X
729reqitarpit - X X X
730reqpass - X X X
731reqrep - X X X
732reqsetbe - X X X
733reqtarpit - X X X
734retries X - X X
735rspadd - X X X
736rspdel - X X X
737rspdeny - X X X
738rspidel - X X X
739rspideny - X X X
740rspirep - X X X
741rsprep - X X X
742server - - X X
743source X - X X
Willy Tarreaue219db72007-12-03 01:30:13 +0100744srvtimeout X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau24e779b2007-07-24 23:43:37 +0200745stats auth X - X X
746stats enable X - X X
747stats realm X - X X
Willy Tarreaubbd42122007-07-25 07:26:38 +0200748stats refresh X - X X
Willy Tarreau24e779b2007-07-24 23:43:37 +0200749stats scope X - X X
750stats uri X - X X
Krzysztof Oledzkid9db9272007-10-15 10:05:11 +0200751stats hide-version X - X X
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +0200752tcp-request content accept - X X -
753tcp-request content reject - X X -
754tcp-request inspect-delay - X X -
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki5259dfe2008-01-21 01:54:06 +0100755timeout check X - X X
Willy Tarreaue219db72007-12-03 01:30:13 +0100756timeout client X X X -
757timeout clitimeout X X X - (deprecated)
758timeout connect X - X X
759timeout contimeout X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreaucd7afc02009-07-12 10:03:17 +0200760timeout http-request X X X X
Willy Tarreaue219db72007-12-03 01:30:13 +0100761timeout queue X - X X
762timeout server X - X X
763timeout srvtimeout X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau51c9bde2008-01-06 13:40:03 +0100764timeout tarpit X X X X
Willy Tarreau4b1f8592008-12-23 23:13:55 +0100765transparent X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200766use_backend - X X -
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200767----------------------+----------+----------+---------+---------
768keyword defaults frontend listen backend
769
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100770
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02007714.2. Alphabetically sorted keywords reference
772---------------------------------------------
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100773
774This section provides a description of each keyword and its usage.
775
776
777acl <aclname> <criterion> [flags] [operator] <value> ...
778 Declare or complete an access list.
779 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
780 no | yes | yes | yes
781 Example:
782 acl invalid_src src 0.0.0.0/7 224.0.0.0/3
783 acl invalid_src src_port 0:1023
784 acl local_dst hdr(host) -i localhost
785
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200786 See section 7 about ACL usage.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100787
788
789appsession <cookie> len <length> timeout <holdtime>
790 Define session stickiness on an existing application cookie.
791 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
792 no | no | yes | yes
793 Arguments :
794 <cookie> this is the name of the cookie used by the application and which
795 HAProxy will have to learn for each new session.
796
797 <length> this is the number of characters that will be memorized and
798 checked in each cookie value.
799
800 <holdtime> this is the time after which the cookie will be removed from
801 memory if unused. If no unit is specified, this time is in
802 milliseconds.
803
804 When an application cookie is defined in a backend, HAProxy will check when
805 the server sets such a cookie, and will store its value in a table, and
806 associate it with the server's identifier. Up to <length> characters from
807 the value will be retained. On each connection, haproxy will look for this
808 cookie both in the "Cookie:" headers, and as a URL parameter in the query
809 string. If a known value is found, the client will be directed to the server
810 associated with this value. Otherwise, the load balancing algorithm is
811 applied. Cookies are automatically removed from memory when they have been
812 unused for a duration longer than <holdtime>.
813
814 The definition of an application cookie is limited to one per backend.
815
816 Example :
817 appsession JSESSIONID len 52 timeout 3h
818
819 See also : "cookie", "capture cookie" and "balance".
820
821
Willy Tarreauc73ce2b2008-01-06 10:55:10 +0100822backlog <conns>
823 Give hints to the system about the approximate listen backlog desired size
824 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
825 yes | yes | yes | no
826 Arguments :
827 <conns> is the number of pending connections. Depending on the operating
828 system, it may represent the number of already acknowledged
829 connections, of non-acknowledged ones, or both.
830
831 In order to protect against SYN flood attacks, one solution is to increase
832 the system's SYN backlog size. Depending on the system, sometimes it is just
833 tunable via a system parameter, sometimes it is not adjustable at all, and
834 sometimes the system relies on hints given by the application at the time of
835 the listen() syscall. By default, HAProxy passes the frontend's maxconn value
836 to the listen() syscall. On systems which can make use of this value, it can
837 sometimes be useful to be able to specify a different value, hence this
838 backlog parameter.
839
840 On Linux 2.4, the parameter is ignored by the system. On Linux 2.6, it is
841 used as a hint and the system accepts up to the smallest greater power of
842 two, and never more than some limits (usually 32768).
843
844 See also : "maxconn" and the target operating system's tuning guide.
845
846
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100847balance <algorithm> [ <arguments> ]
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +0200848balance url_param <param> [check_post [<max_wait>]]
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100849 Define the load balancing algorithm to be used in a backend.
850 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
851 yes | no | yes | yes
852 Arguments :
853 <algorithm> is the algorithm used to select a server when doing load
854 balancing. This only applies when no persistence information
855 is available, or when a connection is redispatched to another
856 server. <algorithm> may be one of the following :
857
858 roundrobin Each server is used in turns, according to their weights.
859 This is the smoothest and fairest algorithm when the server's
860 processing time remains equally distributed. This algorithm
861 is dynamic, which means that server weights may be adjusted
862 on the fly for slow starts for instance.
863
Willy Tarreau2d2a7f82008-03-17 12:07:56 +0100864 leastconn The server with the lowest number of connections receives the
865 connection. Round-robin is performed within groups of servers
866 of the same load to ensure that all servers will be used. Use
867 of this algorithm is recommended where very long sessions are
868 expected, such as LDAP, SQL, TSE, etc... but is not very well
869 suited for protocols using short sessions such as HTTP. This
870 algorithm is dynamic, which means that server weights may be
871 adjusted on the fly for slow starts for instance.
872
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100873 source The source IP address is hashed and divided by the total
874 weight of the running servers to designate which server will
875 receive the request. This ensures that the same client IP
876 address will always reach the same server as long as no
877 server goes down or up. If the hash result changes due to the
878 number of running servers changing, many clients will be
879 directed to a different server. This algorithm is generally
880 used in TCP mode where no cookie may be inserted. It may also
881 be used on the Internet to provide a best-effort stickyness
882 to clients which refuse session cookies. This algorithm is
883 static, which means that changing a server's weight on the
884 fly will have no effect.
885
886 uri The left part of the URI (before the question mark) is hashed
887 and divided by the total weight of the running servers. The
888 result designates which server will receive the request. This
889 ensures that a same URI will always be directed to the same
890 server as long as no server goes up or down. This is used
891 with proxy caches and anti-virus proxies in order to maximize
892 the cache hit rate. Note that this algorithm may only be used
893 in an HTTP backend. This algorithm is static, which means
894 that changing a server's weight on the fly will have no
895 effect.
896
Marek Majkowski9c30fc12008-04-27 23:25:55 +0200897 This algorithm support two optional parameters "len" and
898 "depth", both followed by a positive integer number. These
899 options may be helpful when it is needed to balance servers
900 based on the beginning of the URI only. The "len" parameter
901 indicates that the algorithm should only consider that many
902 characters at the beginning of the URI to compute the hash.
903 Note that having "len" set to 1 rarely makes sense since most
904 URIs start with a leading "/".
905
906 The "depth" parameter indicates the maximum directory depth
907 to be used to compute the hash. One level is counted for each
908 slash in the request. If both parameters are specified, the
909 evaluation stops when either is reached.
910
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100911 url_param The URL parameter specified in argument will be looked up in
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +0200912 the query string of each HTTP GET request.
913
914 If the modifier "check_post" is used, then an HTTP POST
915 request entity will be searched for the parameter argument,
916 when the question mark indicating a query string ('?') is not
917 present in the URL. Optionally, specify a number of octets to
918 wait for before attempting to search the message body. If the
919 entity can not be searched, then round robin is used for each
920 request. For instance, if your clients always send the LB
921 parameter in the first 128 bytes, then specify that. The
922 default is 48. The entity data will not be scanned until the
923 required number of octets have arrived at the gateway, this
924 is the minimum of: (default/max_wait, Content-Length or first
925 chunk length). If Content-Length is missing or zero, it does
926 not need to wait for more data than the client promised to
927 send. When Content-Length is present and larger than
928 <max_wait>, then waiting is limited to <max_wait> and it is
929 assumed that this will be enough data to search for the
930 presence of the parameter. In the unlikely event that
931 Transfer-Encoding: chunked is used, only the first chunk is
932 scanned. Parameter values separated by a chunk boundary, may
933 be randomly balanced if at all.
934
935 If the parameter is found followed by an equal sign ('=') and
936 a value, then the value is hashed and divided by the total
937 weight of the running servers. The result designates which
938 server will receive the request.
939
940 This is used to track user identifiers in requests and ensure
941 that a same user ID will always be sent to the same server as
942 long as no server goes up or down. If no value is found or if
943 the parameter is not found, then a round robin algorithm is
944 applied. Note that this algorithm may only be used in an HTTP
945 backend. This algorithm is static, which means that changing a
946 server's weight on the fly will have no effect.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100947
Benoitaffb4812009-03-25 13:02:10 +0100948 hdr(name) The HTTP header <name> will be looked up in each HTTP request.
949 Just as with the equivalent ACL 'hdr()' function, the header
950 name in parenthesis is not case sensitive. If the header is
951 absent or if it does not contain any value, the round-robin
952 algorithm is applied instead.
953
954 An optionnal 'use_domain_only' parameter is available, for
955 reducing the hash algorithm to the main domain part with some
956 specific headers such as 'Host'. For instance, in the Host
957 value "haproxy.1wt.eu", only "1wt" will be considered.
958
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100959 <arguments> is an optional list of arguments which may be needed by some
Marek Majkowski9c30fc12008-04-27 23:25:55 +0200960 algorithms. Right now, only "url_param" and "uri" support an
961 optional argument.
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +0200962
Marek Majkowski9c30fc12008-04-27 23:25:55 +0200963 balance uri [len <len>] [depth <depth>]
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +0200964 balance url_param <param> [check_post [<max_wait>]]
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100965
Willy Tarreau3cd9af22009-03-15 14:06:41 +0100966 The load balancing algorithm of a backend is set to roundrobin when no other
967 algorithm, mode nor option have been set. The algorithm may only be set once
968 for each backend.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100969
970 Examples :
971 balance roundrobin
972 balance url_param userid
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +0200973 balance url_param session_id check_post 64
Benoitaffb4812009-03-25 13:02:10 +0100974 balance hdr(User-Agent)
975 balance hdr(host)
976 balance hdr(Host) use_domain_only
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +0200977
978 Note: the following caveats and limitations on using the "check_post"
979 extension with "url_param" must be considered :
980
981 - all POST requests are eligable for consideration, because there is no way
982 to determine if the parameters will be found in the body or entity which
983 may contain binary data. Therefore another method may be required to
984 restrict consideration of POST requests that have no URL parameters in
985 the body. (see acl reqideny http_end)
986
987 - using a <max_wait> value larger than the request buffer size does not
988 make sense and is useless. The buffer size is set at build time, and
989 defaults to 16 kB.
990
991 - Content-Encoding is not supported, the parameter search will probably
992 fail; and load balancing will fall back to Round Robin.
993
994 - Expect: 100-continue is not supported, load balancing will fall back to
995 Round Robin.
996
997 - Transfer-Encoding (RFC2616 3.6.1) is only supported in the first chunk.
998 If the entire parameter value is not present in the first chunk, the
999 selection of server is undefined (actually, defined by how little
1000 actually appeared in the first chunk).
1001
1002 - This feature does not support generation of a 100, 411 or 501 response.
1003
1004 - In some cases, requesting "check_post" MAY attempt to scan the entire
1005 contents of a message body. Scaning normally terminates when linear
1006 white space or control characters are found, indicating the end of what
1007 might be a URL parameter list. This is probably not a concern with SGML
1008 type message bodies.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001009
1010 See also : "dispatch", "cookie", "appsession", "transparent" and "http_proxy".
1011
1012
1013bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...]
Willy Tarreau5e6e2042009-02-04 17:19:29 +01001014bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...] interface <interface>
Willy Tarreaube1b9182009-06-14 18:48:19 +02001015bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...] mss <maxseg>
Willy Tarreaub1e52e82008-01-13 14:49:51 +01001016bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...] transparent
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001017 Define one or several listening addresses and/or ports in a frontend.
1018 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1019 no | yes | yes | no
1020 Arguments :
Willy Tarreaub1e52e82008-01-13 14:49:51 +01001021 <address> is optional and can be a host name, an IPv4 address, an IPv6
1022 address, or '*'. It designates the address the frontend will
1023 listen on. If unset, all IPv4 addresses of the system will be
1024 listened on. The same will apply for '*' or the system's
1025 special address "0.0.0.0".
1026
1027 <port> is the TCP port number the proxy will listen on. The port is
1028 mandatory. Note that in the case of an IPv6 address, the port
1029 is always the number after the last colon (':').
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001030
Willy Tarreau5e6e2042009-02-04 17:19:29 +01001031 <interface> is an optional physical interface name. This is currently
1032 only supported on Linux. The interface must be a physical
1033 interface, not an aliased interface. When specified, all
1034 addresses on the same line will only be accepted if the
1035 incoming packet physically come through the designated
1036 interface. It is also possible to bind multiple frontends to
1037 the same address if they are bound to different interfaces.
1038 Note that binding to a physical interface requires root
1039 privileges.
1040
Willy Tarreaube1b9182009-06-14 18:48:19 +02001041 <maxseg> is an optional TCP Maximum Segment Size (MSS) value to be
1042 advertised on incoming connections. This can be used to force
1043 a lower MSS for certain specific ports, for instance for
1044 connections passing through a VPN. Note that this relies on a
1045 kernel feature which is theorically supported under Linux but
1046 was buggy in all versions prior to 2.6.28. It may or may not
1047 work on other operating systems. The commonly advertised
1048 value on Ethernet networks is 1460 = 1500(MTU) - 40(IP+TCP).
1049
Willy Tarreaub1e52e82008-01-13 14:49:51 +01001050 transparent is an optional keyword which is supported only on certain
1051 Linux kernels. It indicates that the addresses will be bound
1052 even if they do not belong to the local machine. Any packet
1053 targetting any of these addresses will be caught just as if
1054 the address was locally configured. This normally requires
1055 that IP forwarding is enabled. Caution! do not use this with
1056 the default address '*', as it would redirect any traffic for
1057 the specified port. This keyword is available only when
1058 HAProxy is built with USE_LINUX_TPROXY=1.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001059
1060 It is possible to specify a list of address:port combinations delimited by
1061 commas. The frontend will then listen on all of these addresses. There is no
1062 fixed limit to the number of addresses and ports which can be listened on in
1063 a frontend, as well as there is no limit to the number of "bind" statements
1064 in a frontend.
1065
1066 Example :
1067 listen http_proxy
1068 bind :80,:443
1069 bind 10.0.0.1:10080,10.0.0.1:10443
1070
1071 See also : "source".
1072
1073
Willy Tarreau0b9c02c2009-02-04 22:05:05 +01001074bind-process [ all | odd | even | <number 1-32> ] ...
1075 Limit visibility of an instance to a certain set of processes numbers.
1076 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1077 yes | yes | yes | yes
1078 Arguments :
1079 all All process will see this instance. This is the default. It
1080 may be used to override a default value.
1081
1082 odd This instance will be enabled on processes 1,3,5,...31. This
1083 option may be combined with other numbers.
1084
1085 even This instance will be enabled on processes 2,4,6,...32. This
1086 option may be combined with other numbers. Do not use it
1087 with less than 2 processes otherwise some instances might be
1088 missing from all processes.
1089
1090 number The instance will be enabled on this process number, between
1091 1 and 32. You must be careful not to reference a process
1092 number greater than the configured global.nbproc, otherwise
1093 some instances might be missing from all processes.
1094
1095 This keyword limits binding of certain instances to certain processes. This
1096 is useful in order not to have too many processes listening to the same
1097 ports. For instance, on a dual-core machine, it might make sense to set
1098 'nbproc 2' in the global section, then distributes the listeners among 'odd'
1099 and 'even' instances.
1100
1101 At the moment, it is not possible to reference more than 32 processes using
1102 this keyword, but this should be more than enough for most setups. Please
1103 note that 'all' really means all processes and is not limited to the first
1104 32.
1105
1106 If some backends are referenced by frontends bound to other processes, the
1107 backend automatically inherits the frontend's processes.
1108
1109 Example :
1110 listen app_ip1
1111 bind 10.0.0.1:80
1112 bind_process odd
1113
1114 listen app_ip2
1115 bind 10.0.0.2:80
1116 bind_process even
1117
1118 listen management
1119 bind 10.0.0.3:80
1120 bind_process 1 2 3 4
1121
1122 See also : "nbproc" in global section.
1123
1124
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001125block { if | unless } <condition>
1126 Block a layer 7 request if/unless a condition is matched
1127 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1128 no | yes | yes | yes
1129
1130 The HTTP request will be blocked very early in the layer 7 processing
1131 if/unless <condition> is matched. A 403 error will be returned if the request
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02001132 is blocked. The condition has to reference ACLs (see section 7). This is
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001133 typically used to deny access to certain sensible resources if some
1134 conditions are met or not met. There is no fixed limit to the number of
1135 "block" statements per instance.
1136
1137 Example:
1138 acl invalid_src src 0.0.0.0/7 224.0.0.0/3
1139 acl invalid_src src_port 0:1023
1140 acl local_dst hdr(host) -i localhost
1141 block if invalid_src || local_dst
1142
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02001143 See section 7 about ACL usage.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001144
1145
1146capture cookie <name> len <length>
1147 Capture and log a cookie in the request and in the response.
1148 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1149 no | yes | yes | no
1150 Arguments :
1151 <name> is the beginning of the name of the cookie to capture. In order
1152 to match the exact name, simply suffix the name with an equal
1153 sign ('='). The full name will appear in the logs, which is
1154 useful with application servers which adjust both the cookie name
1155 and value (eg: ASPSESSIONXXXXX).
1156
1157 <length> is the maximum number of characters to report in the logs, which
1158 include the cookie name, the equal sign and the value, all in the
1159 standard "name=value" form. The string will be truncated on the
1160 right if it exceeds <length>.
1161
1162 Only the first cookie is captured. Both the "cookie" request headers and the
1163 "set-cookie" response headers are monitored. This is particularly useful to
1164 check for application bugs causing session crossing or stealing between
1165 users, because generally the user's cookies can only change on a login page.
1166
1167 When the cookie was not presented by the client, the associated log column
1168 will report "-". When a request does not cause a cookie to be assigned by the
1169 server, a "-" is reported in the response column.
1170
1171 The capture is performed in the frontend only because it is necessary that
1172 the log format does not change for a given frontend depending on the
1173 backends. This may change in the future. Note that there can be only one
1174 "capture cookie" statement in a frontend. The maximum capture length is
1175 configured in the souces by default to 64 characters. It is not possible to
1176 specify a capture in a "defaults" section.
1177
1178 Example:
1179 capture cookie ASPSESSION len 32
1180
1181 See also : "capture request header", "capture response header" as well as
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02001182 section 8 about logging.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001183
1184
1185capture request header <name> len <length>
1186 Capture and log the first occurrence of the specified request header.
1187 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1188 no | yes | yes | no
1189 Arguments :
1190 <name> is the name of the header to capture. The header names are not
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001191 case-sensitive, but it is a common practice to write them as they
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001192 appear in the requests, with the first letter of each word in
1193 upper case. The header name will not appear in the logs, only the
1194 value is reported, but the position in the logs is respected.
1195
1196 <length> is the maximum number of characters to extract from the value and
1197 report in the logs. The string will be truncated on the right if
1198 it exceeds <length>.
1199
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01001200 Only the first value of the last occurrence of the header is captured. The
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001201 value will be added to the logs between braces ('{}'). If multiple headers
1202 are captured, they will be delimited by a vertical bar ('|') and will appear
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01001203 in the same order they were declared in the configuration. Non-existent
1204 headers will be logged just as an empty string. Common uses for request
1205 header captures include the "Host" field in virtual hosting environments, the
1206 "Content-length" when uploads are supported, "User-agent" to quickly
1207 differenciate between real users and robots, and "X-Forwarded-For" in proxied
1208 environments to find where the request came from.
1209
1210 Note that when capturing headers such as "User-agent", some spaces may be
1211 logged, making the log analysis more difficult. Thus be careful about what
1212 you log if you know your log parser is not smart enough to rely on the
1213 braces.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001214
1215 There is no limit to the number of captured request headers, but each capture
1216 is limited to 64 characters. In order to keep log format consistent for a
1217 same frontend, header captures can only be declared in a frontend. It is not
1218 possible to specify a capture in a "defaults" section.
1219
1220 Example:
1221 capture request header Host len 15
1222 capture request header X-Forwarded-For len 15
1223 capture request header Referrer len 15
1224
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02001225 See also : "capture cookie", "capture response header" as well as section 8
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001226 about logging.
1227
1228
1229capture response header <name> len <length>
1230 Capture and log the first occurrence of the specified response header.
1231 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1232 no | yes | yes | no
1233 Arguments :
1234 <name> is the name of the header to capture. The header names are not
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001235 case-sensitive, but it is a common practice to write them as they
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001236 appear in the response, with the first letter of each word in
1237 upper case. The header name will not appear in the logs, only the
1238 value is reported, but the position in the logs is respected.
1239
1240 <length> is the maximum number of characters to extract from the value and
1241 report in the logs. The string will be truncated on the right if
1242 it exceeds <length>.
1243
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01001244 Only the first value of the last occurrence of the header is captured. The
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001245 result will be added to the logs between braces ('{}') after the captured
1246 request headers. If multiple headers are captured, they will be delimited by
1247 a vertical bar ('|') and will appear in the same order they were declared in
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01001248 the configuration. Non-existent headers will be logged just as an empty
1249 string. Common uses for response header captures include the "Content-length"
1250 header which indicates how many bytes are expected to be returned, the
1251 "Location" header to track redirections.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001252
1253 There is no limit to the number of captured response headers, but each
1254 capture is limited to 64 characters. In order to keep log format consistent
1255 for a same frontend, header captures can only be declared in a frontend. It
1256 is not possible to specify a capture in a "defaults" section.
1257
1258 Example:
1259 capture response header Content-length len 9
1260 capture response header Location len 15
1261
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02001262 See also : "capture cookie", "capture request header" as well as section 8
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001263 about logging.
1264
1265
1266clitimeout <timeout>
1267 Set the maximum inactivity time on the client side.
1268 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1269 yes | yes | yes | no
1270 Arguments :
1271 <timeout> is the timeout value is specified in milliseconds by default, but
1272 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
1273 as explained at the top of this document.
1274
1275 The inactivity timeout applies when the client is expected to acknowledge or
1276 send data. In HTTP mode, this timeout is particularly important to consider
1277 during the first phase, when the client sends the request, and during the
1278 response while it is reading data sent by the server. The value is specified
1279 in milliseconds by default, but can be in any other unit if the number is
1280 suffixed by the unit, as specified at the top of this document. In TCP mode
1281 (and to a lesser extent, in HTTP mode), it is highly recommended that the
1282 client timeout remains equal to the server timeout in order to avoid complex
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001283 situations to debug. It is a good practice to cover one or several TCP packet
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001284 losses by specifying timeouts that are slightly above multiples of 3 seconds
1285 (eg: 4 or 5 seconds).
1286
1287 This parameter is specific to frontends, but can be specified once for all in
1288 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
1289 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
1290 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
1291 during startup because it may results in accumulation of expired sessions in
1292 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
1293
1294 This parameter is provided for compatibility but is currently deprecated.
1295 Please use "timeout client" instead.
1296
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01001297 See also : "timeout client", "timeout http-request", "timeout server", and
1298 "srvtimeout".
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001299
1300
1301contimeout <timeout>
1302 Set the maximum time to wait for a connection attempt to a server to succeed.
1303 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1304 yes | no | yes | yes
1305 Arguments :
1306 <timeout> is the timeout value is specified in milliseconds by default, but
1307 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
1308 as explained at the top of this document.
1309
1310 If the server is located on the same LAN as haproxy, the connection should be
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001311 immediate (less than a few milliseconds). Anyway, it is a good practice to
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001312 cover one or several TCP packet losses by specifying timeouts that are
1313 slightly above multiples of 3 seconds (eg: 4 or 5 seconds). By default, the
1314 connect timeout also presets the queue timeout to the same value if this one
1315 has not been specified. Historically, the contimeout was also used to set the
1316 tarpit timeout in a listen section, which is not possible in a pure frontend.
1317
1318 This parameter is specific to backends, but can be specified once for all in
1319 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
1320 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
1321 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
1322 during startup because it may results in accumulation of failed sessions in
1323 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
1324
1325 This parameter is provided for backwards compatibility but is currently
1326 deprecated. Please use "timeout connect", "timeout queue" or "timeout tarpit"
1327 instead.
1328
1329 See also : "timeout connect", "timeout queue", "timeout tarpit",
1330 "timeout server", "contimeout".
1331
1332
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02001333cookie <name> [ rewrite | insert | prefix ] [ indirect ] [ nocache ]
1334 [ postonly ] [ domain <domain> ]
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001335 Enable cookie-based persistence in a backend.
1336 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1337 yes | no | yes | yes
1338 Arguments :
1339 <name> is the name of the cookie which will be monitored, modified or
1340 inserted in order to bring persistence. This cookie is sent to
1341 the client via a "Set-Cookie" header in the response, and is
1342 brought back by the client in a "Cookie" header in all requests.
1343 Special care should be taken to choose a name which does not
1344 conflict with any likely application cookie. Also, if the same
1345 backends are subject to be used by the same clients (eg:
1346 HTTP/HTTPS), care should be taken to use different cookie names
1347 between all backends if persistence between them is not desired.
1348
1349 rewrite This keyword indicates that the cookie will be provided by the
1350 server and that haproxy will have to modify its value to set the
1351 server's identifier in it. This mode is handy when the management
1352 of complex combinations of "Set-cookie" and "Cache-control"
1353 headers is left to the application. The application can then
1354 decide whether or not it is appropriate to emit a persistence
1355 cookie. Since all responses should be monitored, this mode only
1356 works in HTTP close mode. Unless the application behaviour is
1357 very complex and/or broken, it is advised not to start with this
1358 mode for new deployments. This keyword is incompatible with
1359 "insert" and "prefix".
1360
1361 insert This keyword indicates that the persistence cookie will have to
1362 be inserted by haproxy in the responses. If the server emits a
1363 cookie with the same name, it will be replaced anyway. For this
1364 reason, this mode can be used to upgrade existing configurations
1365 running in the "rewrite" mode. The cookie will only be a session
1366 cookie and will not be stored on the client's disk. Due to
1367 caching effects, it is generally wise to add the "indirect" and
1368 "nocache" or "postonly" keywords (see below). The "insert"
1369 keyword is not compatible with "rewrite" and "prefix".
1370
1371 prefix This keyword indicates that instead of relying on a dedicated
1372 cookie for the persistence, an existing one will be completed.
1373 This may be needed in some specific environments where the client
1374 does not support more than one single cookie and the application
1375 already needs it. In this case, whenever the server sets a cookie
1376 named <name>, it will be prefixed with the server's identifier
1377 and a delimiter. The prefix will be removed from all client
1378 requests so that the server still finds the cookie it emitted.
1379 Since all requests and responses are subject to being modified,
1380 this mode requires the HTTP close mode. The "prefix" keyword is
1381 not compatible with "rewrite" and "insert".
1382
1383 indirect When this option is specified in insert mode, cookies will only
1384 be added when the server was not reached after a direct access,
1385 which means that only when a server is elected after applying a
1386 load-balancing algorithm, or after a redispatch, then the cookie
1387 will be inserted. If the client has all the required information
1388 to connect to the same server next time, no further cookie will
1389 be inserted. In all cases, when the "indirect" option is used in
1390 insert mode, the cookie is always removed from the requests
1391 transmitted to the server. The persistence mechanism then becomes
1392 totally transparent from the application point of view.
1393
1394 nocache This option is recommended in conjunction with the insert mode
1395 when there is a cache between the client and HAProxy, as it
1396 ensures that a cacheable response will be tagged non-cacheable if
1397 a cookie needs to be inserted. This is important because if all
1398 persistence cookies are added on a cacheable home page for
1399 instance, then all customers will then fetch the page from an
1400 outer cache and will all share the same persistence cookie,
1401 leading to one server receiving much more traffic than others.
1402 See also the "insert" and "postonly" options.
1403
1404 postonly This option ensures that cookie insertion will only be performed
1405 on responses to POST requests. It is an alternative to the
1406 "nocache" option, because POST responses are not cacheable, so
1407 this ensures that the persistence cookie will never get cached.
1408 Since most sites do not need any sort of persistence before the
1409 first POST which generally is a login request, this is a very
1410 efficient method to optimize caching without risking to find a
1411 persistence cookie in the cache.
1412 See also the "insert" and "nocache" options.
1413
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkiefe3b6f2008-05-23 23:49:32 +02001414 domain This option allows to specify the domain at which a cookie is
1415 inserted. It requires exactly one paramater: a valid domain
1416 name.
1417
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001418 There can be only one persistence cookie per HTTP backend, and it can be
1419 declared in a defaults section. The value of the cookie will be the value
1420 indicated after the "cookie" keyword in a "server" statement. If no cookie
1421 is declared for a given server, the cookie is not set.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02001422
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001423 Examples :
1424 cookie JSESSIONID prefix
1425 cookie SRV insert indirect nocache
1426 cookie SRV insert postonly indirect
1427
1428 See also : "appsession", "balance source", "capture cookie", "server".
1429
1430
1431default_backend <backend>
1432 Specify the backend to use when no "use_backend" rule has been matched.
1433 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1434 yes | yes | yes | no
1435 Arguments :
1436 <backend> is the name of the backend to use.
1437
1438 When doing content-switching between frontend and backends using the
1439 "use_backend" keyword, it is often useful to indicate which backend will be
1440 used when no rule has matched. It generally is the dynamic backend which
1441 will catch all undetermined requests.
1442
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001443 Example :
1444
1445 use_backend dynamic if url_dyn
1446 use_backend static if url_css url_img extension_img
1447 default_backend dynamic
1448
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001449 See also : "use_backend", "reqsetbe", "reqisetbe"
1450
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001451
1452disabled
1453 Disable a proxy, frontend or backend.
1454 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1455 yes | yes | yes | yes
1456 Arguments : none
1457
1458 The "disabled" keyword is used to disable an instance, mainly in order to
1459 liberate a listening port or to temporarily disable a service. The instance
1460 will still be created and its configuration will be checked, but it will be
1461 created in the "stopped" state and will appear as such in the statistics. It
1462 will not receive any traffic nor will it send any health-checks or logs. It
1463 is possible to disable many instances at once by adding the "disabled"
1464 keyword in a "defaults" section.
1465
1466 See also : "enabled"
1467
1468
1469enabled
1470 Enable a proxy, frontend or backend.
1471 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1472 yes | yes | yes | yes
1473 Arguments : none
1474
1475 The "enabled" keyword is used to explicitly enable an instance, when the
1476 defaults has been set to "disabled". This is very rarely used.
1477
1478 See also : "disabled"
1479
1480
1481errorfile <code> <file>
1482 Return a file contents instead of errors generated by HAProxy
1483 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1484 yes | yes | yes | yes
1485 Arguments :
1486 <code> is the HTTP status code. Currently, HAProxy is capable of
1487 generating codes 400, 403, 408, 500, 502, 503, and 504.
1488
1489 <file> designates a file containing the full HTTP response. It is
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001490 recommended to follow the common practice of appending ".http" to
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001491 the filename so that people do not confuse the response with HTML
Willy Tarreau59140a22009-02-22 12:02:30 +01001492 error pages, and to use absolute paths, since files are read
1493 before any chroot is performed.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001494
1495 It is important to understand that this keyword is not meant to rewrite
1496 errors returned by the server, but errors detected and returned by HAProxy.
1497 This is why the list of supported errors is limited to a small set.
1498
1499 The files are returned verbatim on the TCP socket. This allows any trick such
1500 as redirections to another URL or site, as well as tricks to clean cookies,
1501 force enable or disable caching, etc... The package provides default error
1502 files returning the same contents as default errors.
1503
Willy Tarreau59140a22009-02-22 12:02:30 +01001504 The files should not exceed the configured buffer size (BUFSIZE), which
1505 generally is 8 or 16 kB, otherwise they will be truncated. It is also wise
1506 not to put any reference to local contents (eg: images) in order to avoid
1507 loops between the client and HAProxy when all servers are down, causing an
1508 error to be returned instead of an image. For better HTTP compliance, it is
1509 recommended that all header lines end with CR-LF and not LF alone.
1510
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001511 The files are read at the same time as the configuration and kept in memory.
1512 For this reason, the errors continue to be returned even when the process is
1513 chrooted, and no file change is considered while the process is running. A
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01001514 simple method for developing those files consists in associating them to the
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001515 403 status code and interrogating a blocked URL.
1516
1517 See also : "errorloc", "errorloc302", "errorloc303"
1518
Willy Tarreau59140a22009-02-22 12:02:30 +01001519 Example :
1520 errorfile 400 /etc/haproxy/errorfiles/400badreq.http
1521 errorfile 403 /etc/haproxy/errorfiles/403forbid.http
1522 errorfile 503 /etc/haproxy/errorfiles/503sorry.http
1523
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001524
1525errorloc <code> <url>
1526errorloc302 <code> <url>
1527 Return an HTTP redirection to a URL instead of errors generated by HAProxy
1528 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1529 yes | yes | yes | yes
1530 Arguments :
1531 <code> is the HTTP status code. Currently, HAProxy is capable of
1532 generating codes 400, 403, 408, 500, 502, 503, and 504.
1533
1534 <url> it is the exact contents of the "Location" header. It may contain
1535 either a relative URI to an error page hosted on the same site,
1536 or an absolute URI designating an error page on another site.
1537 Special care should be given to relative URIs to avoid redirect
1538 loops if the URI itself may generate the same error (eg: 500).
1539
1540 It is important to understand that this keyword is not meant to rewrite
1541 errors returned by the server, but errors detected and returned by HAProxy.
1542 This is why the list of supported errors is limited to a small set.
1543
1544 Note that both keyword return the HTTP 302 status code, which tells the
1545 client to fetch the designated URL using the same HTTP method. This can be
1546 quite problematic in case of non-GET methods such as POST, because the URL
1547 sent to the client might not be allowed for something other than GET. To
1548 workaround this problem, please use "errorloc303" which send the HTTP 303
1549 status code, indicating to the client that the URL must be fetched with a GET
1550 request.
1551
1552 See also : "errorfile", "errorloc303"
1553
1554
1555errorloc303 <code> <url>
1556 Return an HTTP redirection to a URL instead of errors generated by HAProxy
1557 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1558 yes | yes | yes | yes
1559 Arguments :
1560 <code> is the HTTP status code. Currently, HAProxy is capable of
1561 generating codes 400, 403, 408, 500, 502, 503, and 504.
1562
1563 <url> it is the exact contents of the "Location" header. It may contain
1564 either a relative URI to an error page hosted on the same site,
1565 or an absolute URI designating an error page on another site.
1566 Special care should be given to relative URIs to avoid redirect
1567 loops if the URI itself may generate the same error (eg: 500).
1568
1569 It is important to understand that this keyword is not meant to rewrite
1570 errors returned by the server, but errors detected and returned by HAProxy.
1571 This is why the list of supported errors is limited to a small set.
1572
1573 Note that both keyword return the HTTP 303 status code, which tells the
1574 client to fetch the designated URL using the same HTTP GET method. This
1575 solves the usual problems associated with "errorloc" and the 302 code. It is
1576 possible that some very old browsers designed before HTTP/1.1 do not support
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001577 it, but no such problem has been reported till now.
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001578
1579 See also : "errorfile", "errorloc", "errorloc302"
1580
1581
1582fullconn <conns>
1583 Specify at what backend load the servers will reach their maxconn
1584 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1585 yes | no | yes | yes
1586 Arguments :
1587 <conns> is the number of connections on the backend which will make the
1588 servers use the maximal number of connections.
1589
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01001590 When a server has a "maxconn" parameter specified, it means that its number
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001591 of concurrent connections will never go higher. Additionally, if it has a
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01001592 "minconn" parameter, it indicates a dynamic limit following the backend's
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001593 load. The server will then always accept at least <minconn> connections,
1594 never more than <maxconn>, and the limit will be on the ramp between both
1595 values when the backend has less than <conns> concurrent connections. This
1596 makes it possible to limit the load on the servers during normal loads, but
1597 push it further for important loads without overloading the servers during
1598 exceptionnal loads.
1599
1600 Example :
1601 # The servers will accept between 100 and 1000 concurrent connections each
1602 # and the maximum of 1000 will be reached when the backend reaches 10000
1603 # connections.
1604 backend dynamic
1605 fullconn 10000
1606 server srv1 dyn1:80 minconn 100 maxconn 1000
1607 server srv2 dyn2:80 minconn 100 maxconn 1000
1608
1609 See also : "maxconn", "server"
1610
1611
1612grace <time>
1613 Maintain a proxy operational for some time after a soft stop
1614 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1615 no | yes | yes | yes
1616 Arguments :
1617 <time> is the time (by default in milliseconds) for which the instance
1618 will remain operational with the frontend sockets still listening
1619 when a soft-stop is received via the SIGUSR1 signal.
1620
1621 This may be used to ensure that the services disappear in a certain order.
1622 This was designed so that frontends which are dedicated to monitoring by an
1623 external equipement fail immediately while other ones remain up for the time
1624 needed by the equipment to detect the failure.
1625
1626 Note that currently, there is very little benefit in using this parameter,
1627 and it may in fact complicate the soft-reconfiguration process more than
1628 simplify it.
1629
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001630
1631http-check disable-on-404
1632 Enable a maintenance mode upon HTTP/404 response to health-checks
1633 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001634 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001635 Arguments : none
1636
1637 When this option is set, a server which returns an HTTP code 404 will be
1638 excluded from further load-balancing, but will still receive persistent
1639 connections. This provides a very convenient method for Web administrators
1640 to perform a graceful shutdown of their servers. It is also important to note
1641 that a server which is detected as failed while it was in this mode will not
1642 generate an alert, just a notice. If the server responds 2xx or 3xx again, it
1643 will immediately be reinserted into the farm. The status on the stats page
1644 reports "NOLB" for a server in this mode. It is important to note that this
1645 option only works in conjunction with the "httpchk" option.
1646
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001647 See also : "option httpchk"
1648
1649
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif58a9622008-02-23 01:19:10 +01001650id <value>
1651 Set a persistent value for proxy ID. Must be unique and larger than 1000, as
1652 smaller values are reserved for auto-assigned ids.
1653
1654
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001655log global
Willy Tarreauf7edefa2009-05-10 17:20:05 +02001656log <address> <facility> [<level> [<minlevel>]]
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001657 Enable per-instance logging of events and traffic.
1658 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1659 yes | yes | yes | yes
1660 Arguments :
1661 global should be used when the instance's logging parameters are the
1662 same as the global ones. This is the most common usage. "global"
1663 replaces <address>, <facility> and <level> with those of the log
1664 entries found in the "global" section. Only one "log global"
1665 statement may be used per instance, and this form takes no other
1666 parameter.
1667
1668 <address> indicates where to send the logs. It takes the same format as
1669 for the "global" section's logs, and can be one of :
1670
1671 - An IPv4 address optionally followed by a colon (':') and a UDP
1672 port. If no port is specified, 514 is used by default (the
1673 standard syslog port).
1674
1675 - A filesystem path to a UNIX domain socket, keeping in mind
1676 considerations for chroot (be sure the path is accessible
1677 inside the chroot) and uid/gid (be sure the path is
1678 appropriately writeable).
1679
1680 <facility> must be one of the 24 standard syslog facilities :
1681
1682 kern user mail daemon auth syslog lpr news
1683 uucp cron auth2 ftp ntp audit alert cron2
1684 local0 local1 local2 local3 local4 local5 local6 local7
1685
1686 <level> is optional and can be specified to filter outgoing messages. By
1687 default, all messages are sent. If a level is specified, only
1688 messages with a severity at least as important as this level
Willy Tarreauf7edefa2009-05-10 17:20:05 +02001689 will be sent. An optional minimum level can be specified. If it
1690 is set, logs emitted with a more severe level than this one will
1691 be capped to this level. This is used to avoid sending "emerg"
1692 messages on all terminals on some default syslog configurations.
1693 Eight levels are known :
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001694
1695 emerg alert crit err warning notice info debug
1696
1697 Note that up to two "log" entries may be specified per instance. However, if
1698 "log global" is used and if the "global" section already contains 2 log
1699 entries, then additional log entries will be ignored.
1700
1701 Also, it is important to keep in mind that it is the frontend which decides
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01001702 what to log from a connection, and that in case of content switching, the log
1703 entries from the backend will be ignored. Connections are logged at level
1704 "info".
1705
1706 However, backend log declaration define how and where servers status changes
1707 will be logged. Level "notice" will be used to indicate a server going up,
1708 "warning" will be used for termination signals and definitive service
1709 termination, and "alert" will be used for when a server goes down.
1710
1711 Note : According to RFC3164, messages are truncated to 1024 bytes before
1712 being emitted.
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001713
1714 Example :
1715 log global
Willy Tarreauf7edefa2009-05-10 17:20:05 +02001716 log 127.0.0.1:514 local0 notice # only send important events
1717 log 127.0.0.1:514 local0 notice notice # same but limit output level
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001718
1719
1720maxconn <conns>
1721 Fix the maximum number of concurrent connections on a frontend
1722 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1723 yes | yes | yes | no
1724 Arguments :
1725 <conns> is the maximum number of concurrent connections the frontend will
1726 accept to serve. Excess connections will be queued by the system
1727 in the socket's listen queue and will be served once a connection
1728 closes.
1729
1730 If the system supports it, it can be useful on big sites to raise this limit
1731 very high so that haproxy manages connection queues, instead of leaving the
1732 clients with unanswered connection attempts. This value should not exceed the
1733 global maxconn. Also, keep in mind that a connection contains two buffers
1734 of 8kB each, as well as some other data resulting in about 17 kB of RAM being
1735 consumed per established connection. That means that a medium system equipped
1736 with 1GB of RAM can withstand around 40000-50000 concurrent connections if
1737 properly tuned.
1738
1739 Also, when <conns> is set to large values, it is possible that the servers
1740 are not sized to accept such loads, and for this reason it is generally wise
1741 to assign them some reasonable connection limits.
1742
1743 See also : "server", global section's "maxconn", "fullconn"
1744
1745
1746mode { tcp|http|health }
1747 Set the running mode or protocol of the instance
1748 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1749 yes | yes | yes | yes
1750 Arguments :
1751 tcp The instance will work in pure TCP mode. A full-duplex connection
1752 will be established between clients and servers, and no layer 7
1753 examination will be performed. This is the default mode. It
1754 should be used for SSL, SSH, SMTP, ...
1755
1756 http The instance will work in HTTP mode. The client request will be
1757 analyzed in depth before connecting to any server. Any request
1758 which is not RFC-compliant will be rejected. Layer 7 filtering,
1759 processing and switching will be possible. This is the mode which
1760 brings HAProxy most of its value.
1761
1762 health The instance will work in "health" mode. It will just reply "OK"
1763 to incoming connections and close the connection. Nothing will be
1764 logged. This mode is used to reply to external components health
1765 checks. This mode is deprecated and should not be used anymore as
1766 it is possible to do the same and even better by combining TCP or
1767 HTTP modes with the "monitor" keyword.
1768
1769 When doing content switching, it is mandatory that the frontend and the
1770 backend are in the same mode (generally HTTP), otherwise the configuration
1771 will be refused.
1772
1773 Example :
1774 defaults http_instances
1775 mode http
1776
1777 See also : "monitor", "monitor-net"
1778
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001779
1780monitor fail [if | unless] <condition>
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001781 Add a condition to report a failure to a monitor HTTP request.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001782 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1783 no | yes | yes | no
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001784 Arguments :
1785 if <cond> the monitor request will fail if the condition is satisfied,
1786 and will succeed otherwise. The condition should describe a
1787 combinated test which must induce a failure if all conditions
1788 are met, for instance a low number of servers both in a
1789 backend and its backup.
1790
1791 unless <cond> the monitor request will succeed only if the condition is
1792 satisfied, and will fail otherwise. Such a condition may be
1793 based on a test on the presence of a minimum number of active
1794 servers in a list of backends.
1795
1796 This statement adds a condition which can force the response to a monitor
1797 request to report a failure. By default, when an external component queries
1798 the URI dedicated to monitoring, a 200 response is returned. When one of the
1799 conditions above is met, haproxy will return 503 instead of 200. This is
1800 very useful to report a site failure to an external component which may base
1801 routing advertisements between multiple sites on the availability reported by
1802 haproxy. In this case, one would rely on an ACL involving the "nbsrv"
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001803 criterion. Note that "monitor fail" only works in HTTP mode.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001804
1805 Example:
1806 frontend www
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001807 mode http
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001808 acl site_dead nbsrv(dynamic) lt 2
1809 acl site_dead nbsrv(static) lt 2
1810 monitor-uri /site_alive
1811 monitor fail if site_dead
1812
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001813 See also : "monitor-net", "monitor-uri"
1814
1815
1816monitor-net <source>
1817 Declare a source network which is limited to monitor requests
1818 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1819 yes | yes | yes | no
1820 Arguments :
1821 <source> is the source IPv4 address or network which will only be able to
1822 get monitor responses to any request. It can be either an IPv4
1823 address, a host name, or an address followed by a slash ('/')
1824 followed by a mask.
1825
1826 In TCP mode, any connection coming from a source matching <source> will cause
1827 the connection to be immediately closed without any log. This allows another
1828 equipement to probe the port and verify that it is still listening, without
1829 forwarding the connection to a remote server.
1830
1831 In HTTP mode, a connection coming from a source matching <source> will be
1832 accepted, the following response will be sent without waiting for a request,
1833 then the connection will be closed : "HTTP/1.0 200 OK". This is normally
1834 enough for any front-end HTTP probe to detect that the service is UP and
1835 running without forwarding the request to a backend server.
1836
1837 Monitor requests are processed very early. It is not possible to block nor
1838 divert them using ACLs. They cannot be logged either, and it is the intended
1839 purpose. They are only used to report HAProxy's health to an upper component,
1840 nothing more. Right now, it is not possible to set failure conditions on
1841 requests caught by "monitor-net".
1842
1843 Example :
1844 # addresses .252 and .253 are just probing us.
1845 frontend www
1846 monitor-net 192.168.0.252/31
1847
1848 See also : "monitor fail", "monitor-uri"
1849
1850
1851monitor-uri <uri>
1852 Intercept a URI used by external components' monitor requests
1853 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1854 yes | yes | yes | no
1855 Arguments :
1856 <uri> is the exact URI which we want to intercept to return HAProxy's
1857 health status instead of forwarding the request.
1858
1859 When an HTTP request referencing <uri> will be received on a frontend,
1860 HAProxy will not forward it nor log it, but instead will return either
1861 "HTTP/1.0 200 OK" or "HTTP/1.0 503 Service unavailable", depending on failure
1862 conditions defined with "monitor fail". This is normally enough for any
1863 front-end HTTP probe to detect that the service is UP and running without
1864 forwarding the request to a backend server. Note that the HTTP method, the
1865 version and all headers are ignored, but the request must at least be valid
1866 at the HTTP level. This keyword may only be used with an HTTP-mode frontend.
1867
1868 Monitor requests are processed very early. It is not possible to block nor
1869 divert them using ACLs. They cannot be logged either, and it is the intended
1870 purpose. They are only used to report HAProxy's health to an upper component,
1871 nothing more. However, it is possible to add any number of conditions using
1872 "monitor fail" and ACLs so that the result can be adjusted to whatever check
1873 can be imagined (most often the number of available servers in a backend).
1874
1875 Example :
1876 # Use /haproxy_test to report haproxy's status
1877 frontend www
1878 mode http
1879 monitor-uri /haproxy_test
1880
1881 See also : "monitor fail", "monitor-net"
1882
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001883
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01001884option abortonclose
1885no option abortonclose
1886 Enable or disable early dropping of aborted requests pending in queues.
1887 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1888 yes | no | yes | yes
1889 Arguments : none
1890
1891 In presence of very high loads, the servers will take some time to respond.
1892 The per-instance connection queue will inflate, and the response time will
1893 increase respective to the size of the queue times the average per-session
1894 response time. When clients will wait for more than a few seconds, they will
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01001895 often hit the "STOP" button on their browser, leaving a useless request in
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01001896 the queue, and slowing down other users, and the servers as well, because the
1897 request will eventually be served, then aborted at the first error
1898 encountered while delivering the response.
1899
1900 As there is no way to distinguish between a full STOP and a simple output
1901 close on the client side, HTTP agents should be conservative and consider
1902 that the client might only have closed its output channel while waiting for
1903 the response. However, this introduces risks of congestion when lots of users
1904 do the same, and is completely useless nowadays because probably no client at
1905 all will close the session while waiting for the response. Some HTTP agents
1906 support this behaviour (Squid, Apache, HAProxy), and others do not (TUX, most
1907 hardware-based load balancers). So the probability for a closed input channel
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01001908 to represent a user hitting the "STOP" button is close to 100%, and the risk
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01001909 of being the single component to break rare but valid traffic is extremely
1910 low, which adds to the temptation to be able to abort a session early while
1911 still not served and not pollute the servers.
1912
1913 In HAProxy, the user can choose the desired behaviour using the option
1914 "abortonclose". By default (without the option) the behaviour is HTTP
1915 compliant and aborted requests will be served. But when the option is
1916 specified, a session with an incoming channel closed will be aborted while
1917 it is still possible, either pending in the queue for a connection slot, or
1918 during the connection establishment if the server has not yet acknowledged
1919 the connection request. This considerably reduces the queue size and the load
1920 on saturated servers when users are tempted to click on STOP, which in turn
1921 reduces the response time for other users.
1922
1923 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
1924 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
1925
1926 See also : "timeout queue" and server's "maxconn" and "maxqueue" parameters
1927
1928
Willy Tarreau4076a152009-04-02 15:18:36 +02001929option accept-invalid-http-request
1930no option accept-invalid-http-request
1931 Enable or disable relaxing of HTTP request parsing
1932 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1933 yes | yes | yes | no
1934 Arguments : none
1935
1936 By default, HAProxy complies with RFC2616 in terms of message parsing. This
1937 means that invalid characters in header names are not permitted and cause an
1938 error to be returned to the client. This is the desired behaviour as such
1939 forbidden characters are essentially used to build attacks exploiting server
1940 weaknesses, and bypass security filtering. Sometimes, a buggy browser or
1941 server will emit invalid header names for whatever reason (configuration,
1942 implementation) and the issue will not be immediately fixed. In such a case,
1943 it is possible to relax HAProxy's header name parser to accept any character
1944 even if that does not make sense, by specifying this option.
1945
1946 This option should never be enabled by default as it hides application bugs
1947 and open security breaches. It should only be deployed after a problem has
1948 been confirmed.
1949
1950 When this option is enabled, erroneous header names will still be accepted in
1951 requests, but the complete request will be captured in order to permit later
1952 analysis using the "show errors" request on the UNIX stats socket. Doing this
1953 also helps confirming that the issue has been solved.
1954
1955 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
1956 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
1957
1958 See also : "option accept-invalid-http-response" and "show errors" on the
1959 stats socket.
1960
1961
1962option accept-invalid-http-response
1963no option accept-invalid-http-response
1964 Enable or disable relaxing of HTTP response parsing
1965 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1966 yes | no | yes | yes
1967 Arguments : none
1968
1969 By default, HAProxy complies with RFC2616 in terms of message parsing. This
1970 means that invalid characters in header names are not permitted and cause an
1971 error to be returned to the client. This is the desired behaviour as such
1972 forbidden characters are essentially used to build attacks exploiting server
1973 weaknesses, and bypass security filtering. Sometimes, a buggy browser or
1974 server will emit invalid header names for whatever reason (configuration,
1975 implementation) and the issue will not be immediately fixed. In such a case,
1976 it is possible to relax HAProxy's header name parser to accept any character
1977 even if that does not make sense, by specifying this option.
1978
1979 This option should never be enabled by default as it hides application bugs
1980 and open security breaches. It should only be deployed after a problem has
1981 been confirmed.
1982
1983 When this option is enabled, erroneous header names will still be accepted in
1984 responses, but the complete response will be captured in order to permit
1985 later analysis using the "show errors" request on the UNIX stats socket.
1986 Doing this also helps confirming that the issue has been solved.
1987
1988 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
1989 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
1990
1991 See also : "option accept-invalid-http-request" and "show errors" on the
1992 stats socket.
1993
1994
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01001995option allbackups
1996no option allbackups
1997 Use either all backup servers at a time or only the first one
1998 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1999 yes | no | yes | yes
2000 Arguments : none
2001
2002 By default, the first operational backup server gets all traffic when normal
2003 servers are all down. Sometimes, it may be preferred to use multiple backups
2004 at once, because one will not be enough. When "option allbackups" is enabled,
2005 the load balancing will be performed among all backup servers when all normal
2006 ones are unavailable. The same load balancing algorithm will be used and the
2007 servers' weights will be respected. Thus, there will not be any priority
2008 order between the backup servers anymore.
2009
2010 This option is mostly used with static server farms dedicated to return a
2011 "sorry" page when an application is completely offline.
2012
2013 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2014 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2015
2016
2017option checkcache
2018no option checkcache
2019 Analyze all server responses and block requests with cachable cookies
2020 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2021 yes | no | yes | yes
2022 Arguments : none
2023
2024 Some high-level frameworks set application cookies everywhere and do not
2025 always let enough control to the developer to manage how the responses should
2026 be cached. When a session cookie is returned on a cachable object, there is a
2027 high risk of session crossing or stealing between users traversing the same
2028 caches. In some situations, it is better to block the response than to let
2029 some sensible session information go in the wild.
2030
2031 The option "checkcache" enables deep inspection of all server responses for
2032 strict compliance with HTTP specification in terms of cachability. It
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01002033 carefully checks "Cache-control", "Pragma" and "Set-cookie" headers in server
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002034 response to check if there's a risk of caching a cookie on a client-side
2035 proxy. When this option is enabled, the only responses which can be delivered
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01002036 to the client are :
2037 - all those without "Set-Cookie" header ;
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002038 - all those with a return code other than 200, 203, 206, 300, 301, 410,
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01002039 provided that the server has not set a "Cache-control: public" header ;
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002040 - all those that come from a POST request, provided that the server has not
2041 set a 'Cache-Control: public' header ;
2042 - those with a 'Pragma: no-cache' header
2043 - those with a 'Cache-control: private' header
2044 - those with a 'Cache-control: no-store' header
2045 - those with a 'Cache-control: max-age=0' header
2046 - those with a 'Cache-control: s-maxage=0' header
2047 - those with a 'Cache-control: no-cache' header
2048 - those with a 'Cache-control: no-cache="set-cookie"' header
2049 - those with a 'Cache-control: no-cache="set-cookie,' header
2050 (allowing other fields after set-cookie)
2051
2052 If a response doesn't respect these requirements, then it will be blocked
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01002053 just as if it was from an "rspdeny" filter, with an "HTTP 502 bad gateway".
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002054 The session state shows "PH--" meaning that the proxy blocked the response
2055 during headers processing. Additionnaly, an alert will be sent in the logs so
2056 that admins are informed that there's something to be fixed.
2057
2058 Due to the high impact on the application, the application should be tested
2059 in depth with the option enabled before going to production. It is also a
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01002060 good practice to always activate it during tests, even if it is not used in
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002061 production, as it will report potentially dangerous application behaviours.
2062
2063 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2064 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2065
2066
2067option clitcpka
2068no option clitcpka
2069 Enable or disable the sending of TCP keepalive packets on the client side
2070 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2071 yes | yes | yes | no
2072 Arguments : none
2073
2074 When there is a firewall or any session-aware component between a client and
2075 a server, and when the protocol involves very long sessions with long idle
2076 periods (eg: remote desktops), there is a risk that one of the intermediate
2077 components decides to expire a session which has remained idle for too long.
2078
2079 Enabling socket-level TCP keep-alives makes the system regularly send packets
2080 to the other end of the connection, leaving it active. The delay between
2081 keep-alive probes is controlled by the system only and depends both on the
2082 operating system and its tuning parameters.
2083
2084 It is important to understand that keep-alive packets are neither emitted nor
2085 received at the application level. It is only the network stacks which sees
2086 them. For this reason, even if one side of the proxy already uses keep-alives
2087 to maintain its connection alive, those keep-alive packets will not be
2088 forwarded to the other side of the proxy.
2089
2090 Please note that this has nothing to do with HTTP keep-alive.
2091
2092 Using option "clitcpka" enables the emission of TCP keep-alive probes on the
2093 client side of a connection, which should help when session expirations are
2094 noticed between HAProxy and a client.
2095
2096 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2097 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2098
2099 See also : "option srvtcpka", "option tcpka"
2100
2101
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01002102option contstats
2103 Enable continuous traffic statistics updates
2104 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2105 yes | yes | yes | no
2106 Arguments : none
2107
2108 By default, counters used for statistics calculation are incremented
2109 only when a session finishes. It works quite well when serving small
2110 objects, but with big ones (for example large images or archives) or
2111 with A/V streaming, a graph generated from haproxy counters looks like
2112 a hedgehog. With this option enabled counters get incremented continuously,
2113 during a whole session. Recounting touches a hotpath directly so
2114 it is not enabled by default, as it has small performance impact (~0.5%).
2115
2116
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02002117option dontlog-normal
2118no option dontlog-normal
2119 Enable or disable logging of normal, successful connections
2120 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2121 yes | yes | yes | no
2122 Arguments : none
2123
2124 There are large sites dealing with several thousand connections per second
2125 and for which logging is a major pain. Some of them are even forced to turn
2126 logs off and cannot debug production issues. Setting this option ensures that
2127 normal connections, those which experience no error, no timeout, no retry nor
2128 redispatch, will not be logged. This leaves disk space for anomalies. In HTTP
2129 mode, the response status code is checked and return codes 5xx will still be
2130 logged.
2131
2132 It is strongly discouraged to use this option as most of the time, the key to
2133 complex issues is in the normal logs which will not be logged here. If you
2134 need to separate logs, see the "log-separate-errors" option instead.
2135
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002136 See also : "log", "dontlognull", "log-separate-errors" and section 8 about
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02002137 logging.
2138
2139
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002140option dontlognull
2141no option dontlognull
2142 Enable or disable logging of null connections
2143 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2144 yes | yes | yes | no
2145 Arguments : none
2146
2147 In certain environments, there are components which will regularly connect to
2148 various systems to ensure that they are still alive. It can be the case from
2149 another load balancer as well as from monitoring systems. By default, even a
2150 simple port probe or scan will produce a log. If those connections pollute
2151 the logs too much, it is possible to enable option "dontlognull" to indicate
2152 that a connection on which no data has been transferred will not be logged,
2153 which typically corresponds to those probes.
2154
2155 It is generally recommended not to use this option in uncontrolled
2156 environments (eg: internet), otherwise scans and other malicious activities
2157 would not be logged.
2158
2159 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2160 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2161
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002162 See also : "log", "monitor-net", "monitor-uri" and section 8 about logging.
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002163
2164
2165option forceclose
2166no option forceclose
2167 Enable or disable active connection closing after response is transferred.
2168 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2169 yes | no | yes | yes
2170 Arguments : none
2171
2172 Some HTTP servers do not necessarily close the connections when they receive
2173 the "Connection: close" set by "option httpclose", and if the client does not
2174 close either, then the connection remains open till the timeout expires. This
2175 causes high number of simultaneous connections on the servers and shows high
2176 global session times in the logs.
2177
2178 When this happens, it is possible to use "option forceclose". It will
2179 actively close the outgoing server channel as soon as the server begins to
2180 reply and only if the request buffer is empty. Note that this should NOT be
2181 used if CONNECT requests are expected between the client and the server. This
2182 option implicitly enables the "httpclose" option.
2183
2184 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2185 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2186
2187 See also : "option httpclose"
2188
2189
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002190option forwardfor [ except <network> ] [ header <name> ]
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002191 Enable insertion of the X-Forwarded-For header to requests sent to servers
2192 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2193 yes | yes | yes | yes
2194 Arguments :
2195 <network> is an optional argument used to disable this option for sources
2196 matching <network>
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002197 <name> an optional argument to specify a different "X-Forwarded-For"
2198 header name.
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002199
2200 Since HAProxy works in reverse-proxy mode, the servers see its IP address as
2201 their client address. This is sometimes annoying when the client's IP address
2202 is expected in server logs. To solve this problem, the well-known HTTP header
2203 "X-Forwarded-For" may be added by HAProxy to all requests sent to the server.
2204 This header contains a value representing the client's IP address. Since this
2205 header is always appended at the end of the existing header list, the server
2206 must be configured to always use the last occurrence of this header only. See
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002207 the server's manual to find how to enable use of this standard header. Note
2208 that only the last occurrence of the header must be used, since it is really
2209 possible that the client has already brought one.
2210
2211 The keyword "header" may be used to supply a different header name to replace
2212 the default "X-Forwarded-For". This can be useful where you might already
2213 have a "X-Forwarded-For" header from a different application (eg: stunnel),
2214 and you need preserve it. Also if your backend server doesn't use the
2215 "X-Forwarded-For" header and requires different one (eg: Zeus Web Servers
2216 require "X-Cluster-Client-IP").
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002217
2218 Sometimes, a same HAProxy instance may be shared between a direct client
2219 access and a reverse-proxy access (for instance when an SSL reverse-proxy is
2220 used to decrypt HTTPS traffic). It is possible to disable the addition of the
2221 header for a known source address or network by adding the "except" keyword
2222 followed by the network address. In this case, any source IP matching the
2223 network will not cause an addition of this header. Most common uses are with
2224 private networks or 127.0.0.1.
2225
2226 This option may be specified either in the frontend or in the backend. If at
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002227 least one of them uses it, the header will be added. Note that the backend's
2228 setting of the header subargument takes precedence over the frontend's if
2229 both are defined.
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002230
2231 It is important to note that as long as HAProxy does not support keep-alive
2232 connections, only the first request of a connection will receive the header.
2233 For this reason, it is important to ensure that "option httpclose" is set
2234 when using this option.
2235
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002236 Examples :
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002237 # Public HTTP address also used by stunnel on the same machine
2238 frontend www
2239 mode http
2240 option forwardfor except 127.0.0.1 # stunnel already adds the header
2241
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002242 # Those servers want the IP Address in X-Client
2243 backend www
2244 mode http
2245 option forwardfor header X-Client
2246
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002247 See also : "option httpclose"
2248
2249
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002250option httpchk
2251option httpchk <uri>
2252option httpchk <method> <uri>
2253option httpchk <method> <uri> <version>
2254 Enable HTTP protocol to check on the servers health
2255 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2256 yes | no | yes | yes
2257 Arguments :
2258 <method> is the optional HTTP method used with the requests. When not set,
2259 the "OPTIONS" method is used, as it generally requires low server
2260 processing and is easy to filter out from the logs. Any method
2261 may be used, though it is not recommended to invent non-standard
2262 ones.
2263
2264 <uri> is the URI referenced in the HTTP requests. It defaults to " / "
2265 which is accessible by default on almost any server, but may be
2266 changed to any other URI. Query strings are permitted.
2267
2268 <version> is the optional HTTP version string. It defaults to "HTTP/1.0"
2269 but some servers might behave incorrectly in HTTP 1.0, so turning
2270 it to HTTP/1.1 may sometimes help. Note that the Host field is
2271 mandatory in HTTP/1.1, and as a trick, it is possible to pass it
2272 after "\r\n" following the version string.
2273
2274 By default, server health checks only consist in trying to establish a TCP
2275 connection. When "option httpchk" is specified, a complete HTTP request is
2276 sent once the TCP connection is established, and responses 2xx and 3xx are
2277 considered valid, while all other ones indicate a server failure, including
2278 the lack of any response.
2279
2280 The port and interval are specified in the server configuration.
2281
2282 This option does not necessarily require an HTTP backend, it also works with
2283 plain TCP backends. This is particularly useful to check simple scripts bound
2284 to some dedicated ports using the inetd daemon.
2285
2286 Examples :
2287 # Relay HTTPS traffic to Apache instance and check service availability
2288 # using HTTP request "OPTIONS * HTTP/1.1" on port 80.
2289 backend https_relay
2290 mode tcp
Willy Tarreauebaf21a2008-03-21 20:17:14 +01002291 option httpchk OPTIONS * HTTP/1.1\r\nHost:\ www
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002292 server apache1 192.168.1.1:443 check port 80
2293
2294 See also : "option ssl-hello-chk", "option smtpchk", "http-check" and the
2295 "check", "port" and "interval" server options.
2296
2297
2298option httpclose
2299no option httpclose
2300 Enable or disable passive HTTP connection closing
2301 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2302 yes | yes | yes | yes
2303 Arguments : none
2304
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002305 As stated in section 1, HAProxy does not yes support the HTTP keep-alive
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002306 mode. So by default, if a client communicates with a server in this mode, it
2307 will only analyze, log, and process the first request of each connection. To
2308 workaround this limitation, it is possible to specify "option httpclose". It
2309 will check if a "Connection: close" header is already set in each direction,
2310 and will add one if missing. Each end should react to this by actively
2311 closing the TCP connection after each transfer, thus resulting in a switch to
2312 the HTTP close mode. Any "Connection" header different from "close" will also
2313 be removed.
2314
2315 It seldom happens that some servers incorrectly ignore this header and do not
2316 close the connection eventough they reply "Connection: close". For this
2317 reason, they are not compatible with older HTTP 1.0 browsers. If this
2318 happens it is possible to use the "option forceclose" which actively closes
2319 the request connection once the server responds.
2320
2321 This option may be set both in a frontend and in a backend. It is enabled if
2322 at least one of the frontend or backend holding a connection has it enabled.
2323 If "option forceclose" is specified too, it has precedence over "httpclose".
2324
2325 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2326 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2327
2328 See also : "option forceclose"
2329
2330
2331option httplog
2332 Enable logging of HTTP request, session state and timers
2333 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2334 yes | yes | yes | yes
2335 Arguments : none
2336
2337 By default, the log output format is very poor, as it only contains the
2338 source and destination addresses, and the instance name. By specifying
2339 "option httplog", each log line turns into a much richer format including,
2340 but not limited to, the HTTP request, the connection timers, the session
2341 status, the connections numbers, the captured headers and cookies, the
2342 frontend, backend and server name, and of course the source address and
2343 ports.
2344
2345 This option may be set either in the frontend or the backend.
2346
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002347 See also : section 8 about logging.
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002348
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02002349
2350option http_proxy
2351no option http_proxy
2352 Enable or disable plain HTTP proxy mode
2353 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2354 yes | yes | yes | yes
2355 Arguments : none
2356
2357 It sometimes happens that people need a pure HTTP proxy which understands
2358 basic proxy requests without caching nor any fancy feature. In this case,
2359 it may be worth setting up an HAProxy instance with the "option http_proxy"
2360 set. In this mode, no server is declared, and the connection is forwarded to
2361 the IP address and port found in the URL after the "http://" scheme.
2362
2363 No host address resolution is performed, so this only works when pure IP
2364 addresses are passed. Since this option's usage perimeter is rather limited,
2365 it will probably be used only by experts who know they need exactly it. Last,
2366 if the clients are susceptible of sending keep-alive requests, it will be
2367 needed to add "option http_close" to ensure that all requests will correctly
2368 be analyzed.
2369
2370 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2371 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2372
2373 Example :
2374 # this backend understands HTTP proxy requests and forwards them directly.
2375 backend direct_forward
2376 option httpclose
2377 option http_proxy
2378
2379 See also : "option httpclose"
2380
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02002381
2382option log-separate-errors
2383no option log-separate-errors
2384 Change log level for non-completely successful connections
2385 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2386 yes | yes | yes | no
2387 Arguments : none
2388
2389 Sometimes looking for errors in logs is not easy. This option makes haproxy
2390 raise the level of logs containing potentially interesting information such
2391 as errors, timeouts, retries, redispatches, or HTTP status codes 5xx. The
2392 level changes from "info" to "err". This makes it possible to log them
2393 separately to a different file with most syslog daemons. Be careful not to
2394 remove them from the original file, otherwise you would lose ordering which
2395 provides very important information.
2396
2397 Using this option, large sites dealing with several thousand connections per
2398 second may log normal traffic to a rotating buffer and only archive smaller
2399 error logs.
2400
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002401 See also : "log", "dontlognull", "dontlog-normal" and section 8 about
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02002402 logging.
2403
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002404
2405option logasap
2406no option logasap
2407 Enable or disable early logging of HTTP requests
2408 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2409 yes | yes | yes | no
2410 Arguments : none
2411
2412 By default, HTTP requests are logged upon termination so that the total
2413 transfer time and the number of bytes appear in the logs. When large objects
2414 are being transferred, it may take a while before the request appears in the
2415 logs. Using "option logasap", the request gets logged as soon as the server
2416 sends the complete headers. The only missing information in the logs will be
2417 the total number of bytes which will indicate everything except the amount
2418 of data transferred, and the total time which will not take the transfer
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01002419 time into account. In such a situation, it's a good practice to capture the
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002420 "Content-Length" response header so that the logs at least indicate how many
2421 bytes are expected to be transferred.
2422
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01002423 Examples :
2424 listen http_proxy 0.0.0.0:80
2425 mode http
2426 option httplog
2427 option logasap
2428 log 192.168.2.200 local3
2429
2430 >>> Feb 6 12:14:14 localhost \
2431 haproxy[14389]: 10.0.1.2:33317 [06/Feb/2009:12:14:14.655] http-in \
2432 static/srv1 9/10/7/14/+30 200 +243 - - ---- 3/1/1/1/0 1/0 \
2433 "GET /image.iso HTTP/1.0"
2434
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002435 See also : "option httplog", "capture response header", and section 8 about
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002436 logging.
2437
2438
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01002439option nolinger
2440no option nolinger
2441 Enable or disable immediate session ressource cleaning after close
2442 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2443 yes | yes | yes | yes
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01002444 Arguments : none
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01002445
2446 When clients or servers abort connections in a dirty way (eg: they are
2447 physically disconnected), the session timeouts triggers and the session is
2448 closed. But it will remain in FIN_WAIT1 state for some time in the system,
2449 using some resources and possibly limiting the ability to establish newer
2450 connections.
2451
2452 When this happens, it is possible to activate "option nolinger" which forces
2453 the system to immediately remove any socket's pending data on close. Thus,
2454 the session is instantly purged from the system's tables. This usually has
2455 side effects such as increased number of TCP resets due to old retransmits
2456 getting immediately rejected. Some firewalls may sometimes complain about
2457 this too.
2458
2459 For this reason, it is not recommended to use this option when not absolutely
2460 needed. You know that you need it when you have thousands of FIN_WAIT1
2461 sessions on your system (TIME_WAIT ones do not count).
2462
2463 This option may be used both on frontends and backends, depending on the side
2464 where it is required. Use it on the frontend for clients, and on the backend
2465 for servers.
2466
2467 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2468 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2469
2470
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02002471option originalto [ except <network> ] [ header <name> ]
2472 Enable insertion of the X-Original-To header to requests sent to servers
2473 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2474 yes | yes | yes | yes
2475 Arguments :
2476 <network> is an optional argument used to disable this option for sources
2477 matching <network>
2478 <name> an optional argument to specify a different "X-Original-To"
2479 header name.
2480
2481 Since HAProxy can work in transparent mode, every request from a client can
2482 be redirected to the proxy and HAProxy itself can proxy every request to a
2483 complex SQUID environment and the destination host from SO_ORIGINAL_DST will
2484 be lost. This is annoying when you want access rules based on destination ip
2485 addresses. To solve this problem, a new HTTP header "X-Original-To" may be
2486 added by HAProxy to all requests sent to the server. This header contains a
2487 value representing the original destination IP address. Since this must be
2488 configured to always use the last occurrence of this header only. Note that
2489 only the last occurrence of the header must be used, since it is really
2490 possible that the client has already brought one.
2491
2492 The keyword "header" may be used to supply a different header name to replace
2493 the default "X-Original-To". This can be useful where you might already
2494 have a "X-Original-To" header from a different application, and you need
2495 preserve it. Also if your backend server doesn't use the "X-Original-To"
2496 header and requires different one.
2497
2498 Sometimes, a same HAProxy instance may be shared between a direct client
2499 access and a reverse-proxy access (for instance when an SSL reverse-proxy is
2500 used to decrypt HTTPS traffic). It is possible to disable the addition of the
2501 header for a known source address or network by adding the "except" keyword
2502 followed by the network address. In this case, any source IP matching the
2503 network will not cause an addition of this header. Most common uses are with
2504 private networks or 127.0.0.1.
2505
2506 This option may be specified either in the frontend or in the backend. If at
2507 least one of them uses it, the header will be added. Note that the backend's
2508 setting of the header subargument takes precedence over the frontend's if
2509 both are defined.
2510
2511 It is important to note that as long as HAProxy does not support keep-alive
2512 connections, only the first request of a connection will receive the header.
2513 For this reason, it is important to ensure that "option httpclose" is set
2514 when using this option.
2515
2516 Examples :
2517 # Original Destination address
2518 frontend www
2519 mode http
2520 option originalto except 127.0.0.1
2521
2522 # Those servers want the IP Address in X-Client-Dst
2523 backend www
2524 mode http
2525 option originalto header X-Client-Dst
2526
2527 See also : "option httpclose"
2528
2529
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01002530option persist
2531no option persist
2532 Enable or disable forced persistence on down servers
2533 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2534 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01002535 Arguments : none
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01002536
2537 When an HTTP request reaches a backend with a cookie which references a dead
2538 server, by default it is redispatched to another server. It is possible to
2539 force the request to be sent to the dead server first using "option persist"
2540 if absolutely needed. A common use case is when servers are under extreme
2541 load and spend their time flapping. In this case, the users would still be
2542 directed to the server they opened the session on, in the hope they would be
2543 correctly served. It is recommended to use "option redispatch" in conjunction
2544 with this option so that in the event it would not be possible to connect to
2545 the server at all (server definitely dead), the client would finally be
2546 redirected to another valid server.
2547
2548 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2549 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2550
2551 See also : "option redispatch", "retries"
2552
2553
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01002554option redispatch
2555no option redispatch
2556 Enable or disable session redistribution in case of connection failure
2557 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2558 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01002559 Arguments : none
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01002560
2561 In HTTP mode, if a server designated by a cookie is down, clients may
2562 definitely stick to it because they cannot flush the cookie, so they will not
2563 be able to access the service anymore.
2564
2565 Specifying "option redispatch" will allow the proxy to break their
2566 persistence and redistribute them to a working server.
2567
2568 It also allows to retry last connection to another server in case of multiple
2569 connection failures. Of course, it requires having "retries" set to a nonzero
2570 value.
2571
2572 This form is the preferred form, which replaces both the "redispatch" and
2573 "redisp" keywords.
2574
2575 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2576 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2577
2578 See also : "redispatch", "retries"
2579
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01002580
2581option smtpchk
2582option smtpchk <hello> <domain>
2583 Use SMTP health checks for server testing
2584 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2585 yes | no | yes | yes
2586 Arguments :
2587 <hello> is an optional argument. It is the "hello" command to use. It can
2588 be either "HELO" (for SMTP) or "EHLO" (for ESTMP). All other
2589 values will be turned into the default command ("HELO").
2590
2591 <domain> is the domain name to present to the server. It may only be
2592 specified (and is mandatory) if the hello command has been
2593 specified. By default, "localhost" is used.
2594
2595 When "option smtpchk" is set, the health checks will consist in TCP
2596 connections followed by an SMTP command. By default, this command is
2597 "HELO localhost". The server's return code is analyzed and only return codes
2598 starting with a "2" will be considered as valid. All other responses,
2599 including a lack of response will constitute an error and will indicate a
2600 dead server.
2601
2602 This test is meant to be used with SMTP servers or relays. Depending on the
2603 request, it is possible that some servers do not log each connection attempt,
2604 so you may want to experiment to improve the behaviour. Using telnet on port
2605 25 is often easier than adjusting the configuration.
2606
2607 Most often, an incoming SMTP server needs to see the client's IP address for
2608 various purposes, including spam filtering, anti-spoofing and logging. When
2609 possible, it is often wise to masquerade the client's IP address when
2610 connecting to the server using the "usesrc" argument of the "source" keyword,
2611 which requires the cttproxy feature to be compiled in.
2612
2613 Example :
2614 option smtpchk HELO mydomain.org
2615
2616 See also : "option httpchk", "source"
2617
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01002618
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +01002619option splice-auto
2620no option splice-auto
2621 Enable or disable automatic kernel acceleration on sockets in both directions
2622 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2623 yes | yes | yes | yes
2624 Arguments : none
2625
2626 When this option is enabled either on a frontend or on a backend, haproxy
2627 will automatically evaluate the opportunity to use kernel tcp splicing to
2628 forward data between the client and the server, in either direction. Haproxy
2629 uses heuristics to estimate if kernel splicing might improve performance or
2630 not. Both directions are handled independantly. Note that the heuristics used
2631 are not much aggressive in order to limit excessive use of splicing. This
2632 option requires splicing to be enabled at compile time, and may be globally
2633 disabled with the global option "nosplice". Since splice uses pipes, using it
2634 requires that there are enough spare pipes.
2635
2636 Important note: kernel-based TCP splicing is a Linux-specific feature which
2637 first appeared in kernel 2.6.25. It offers kernel-based acceleration to
2638 transfer data between sockets without copying these data to user-space, thus
2639 providing noticeable performance gains and CPU cycles savings. Since many
2640 early implementations are buggy, corrupt data and/or are inefficient, this
2641 feature is not enabled by default, and it should be used with extreme care.
2642 While it is not possible to detect the correctness of an implementation,
2643 2.6.29 is the first version offering a properly working implementation. In
2644 case of doubt, splicing may be globally disabled using the global "nosplice"
2645 keyword.
2646
2647 Example :
2648 option splice-auto
2649
2650 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2651 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2652
2653 See also : "option splice-request", "option splice-response", and global
2654 options "nosplice" and "maxpipes"
2655
2656
2657option splice-request
2658no option splice-request
2659 Enable or disable automatic kernel acceleration on sockets for requests
2660 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2661 yes | yes | yes | yes
2662 Arguments : none
2663
2664 When this option is enabled either on a frontend or on a backend, haproxy
2665 will user kernel tcp splicing whenever possible to forward data going from
2666 the client to the server. It might still use the recv/send scheme if there
2667 are no spare pipes left. This option requires splicing to be enabled at
2668 compile time, and may be globally disabled with the global option "nosplice".
2669 Since splice uses pipes, using it requires that there are enough spare pipes.
2670
2671 Important note: see "option splice-auto" for usage limitations.
2672
2673 Example :
2674 option splice-request
2675
2676 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2677 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2678
2679 See also : "option splice-auto", "option splice-response", and global options
2680 "nosplice" and "maxpipes"
2681
2682
2683option splice-response
2684no option splice-response
2685 Enable or disable automatic kernel acceleration on sockets for responses
2686 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2687 yes | yes | yes | yes
2688 Arguments : none
2689
2690 When this option is enabled either on a frontend or on a backend, haproxy
2691 will user kernel tcp splicing whenever possible to forward data going from
2692 the server to the client. It might still use the recv/send scheme if there
2693 are no spare pipes left. This option requires splicing to be enabled at
2694 compile time, and may be globally disabled with the global option "nosplice".
2695 Since splice uses pipes, using it requires that there are enough spare pipes.
2696
2697 Important note: see "option splice-auto" for usage limitations.
2698
2699 Example :
2700 option splice-response
2701
2702 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2703 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2704
2705 See also : "option splice-auto", "option splice-request", and global options
2706 "nosplice" and "maxpipes"
2707
2708
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002709option srvtcpka
2710no option srvtcpka
2711 Enable or disable the sending of TCP keepalive packets on the server side
2712 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2713 yes | no | yes | yes
2714 Arguments : none
2715
2716 When there is a firewall or any session-aware component between a client and
2717 a server, and when the protocol involves very long sessions with long idle
2718 periods (eg: remote desktops), there is a risk that one of the intermediate
2719 components decides to expire a session which has remained idle for too long.
2720
2721 Enabling socket-level TCP keep-alives makes the system regularly send packets
2722 to the other end of the connection, leaving it active. The delay between
2723 keep-alive probes is controlled by the system only and depends both on the
2724 operating system and its tuning parameters.
2725
2726 It is important to understand that keep-alive packets are neither emitted nor
2727 received at the application level. It is only the network stacks which sees
2728 them. For this reason, even if one side of the proxy already uses keep-alives
2729 to maintain its connection alive, those keep-alive packets will not be
2730 forwarded to the other side of the proxy.
2731
2732 Please note that this has nothing to do with HTTP keep-alive.
2733
2734 Using option "srvtcpka" enables the emission of TCP keep-alive probes on the
2735 server side of a connection, which should help when session expirations are
2736 noticed between HAProxy and a server.
2737
2738 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2739 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2740
2741 See also : "option clitcpka", "option tcpka"
2742
2743
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01002744option ssl-hello-chk
2745 Use SSLv3 client hello health checks for server testing
2746 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2747 yes | no | yes | yes
2748 Arguments : none
2749
2750 When some SSL-based protocols are relayed in TCP mode through HAProxy, it is
2751 possible to test that the server correctly talks SSL instead of just testing
2752 that it accepts the TCP connection. When "option ssl-hello-chk" is set, pure
2753 SSLv3 client hello messages are sent once the connection is established to
2754 the server, and the response is analyzed to find an SSL server hello message.
2755 The server is considered valid only when the response contains this server
2756 hello message.
2757
2758 All servers tested till there correctly reply to SSLv3 client hello messages,
2759 and most servers tested do not even log the requests containing only hello
2760 messages, which is appreciable.
2761
2762 See also: "option httpchk"
2763
2764
Willy Tarreau9ea05a72009-06-14 12:07:01 +02002765option tcp-smart-accept
2766no option tcp-smart-accept
2767 Enable or disable the saving of one ACK packet during the accept sequence
2768 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2769 yes | yes | yes | no
2770 Arguments : none
2771
2772 When an HTTP connection request comes in, the system acknowledges it on
2773 behalf of HAProxy, then the client immediately sends its request, and the
2774 system acknowledges it too while it is notifying HAProxy about the new
2775 connection. HAProxy then reads the request and responds. This means that we
2776 have one TCP ACK sent by the system for nothing, because the request could
2777 very well be acknowledged by HAProxy when it sends its response.
2778
2779 For this reason, in HTTP mode, HAProxy automatically asks the system to avoid
2780 sending this useless ACK on platforms which support it (currently at least
2781 Linux). It must not cause any problem, because the system will send it anyway
2782 after 40 ms if the response takes more time than expected to come.
2783
2784 During complex network debugging sessions, it may be desirable to disable
2785 this optimization because delayed ACKs can make troubleshooting more complex
2786 when trying to identify where packets are delayed. It is then possible to
2787 fall back to normal behaviour by specifying "no option tcp-smart-accept".
2788
2789 It is also possible to force it for non-HTTP proxies by simply specifying
2790 "option tcp-smart-accept". For instance, it can make sense with some services
2791 such as SMTP where the server speaks first.
2792
2793 It is recommended to avoid forcing this option in a defaults section. In case
2794 of doubt, consider setting it back to automatic values by prepending the
2795 "default" keyword before it, or disabling it using the "no" keyword.
2796
Willy Tarreaud88edf22009-06-14 15:48:17 +02002797 See also : "option tcp-smart-connect"
2798
2799
2800option tcp-smart-connect
2801no option tcp-smart-connect
2802 Enable or disable the saving of one ACK packet during the connect sequence
2803 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2804 yes | no | yes | yes
2805 Arguments : none
2806
2807 On certain systems (at least Linux), HAProxy can ask the kernel not to
2808 immediately send an empty ACK upon a connection request, but to directly
2809 send the buffer request instead. This saves one packet on the network and
2810 thus boosts performance. It can also be useful for some servers, because they
2811 immediately get the request along with the incoming connection.
2812
2813 This feature is enabled when "option tcp-smart-connect" is set in a backend.
2814 It is not enabled by default because it makes network troubleshooting more
2815 complex.
2816
2817 It only makes sense to enable it with protocols where the client speaks first
2818 such as HTTP. In other situations, if there is no data to send in place of
2819 the ACK, a normal ACK is sent.
2820
2821 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2822 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2823
2824 See also : "option tcp-smart-accept"
2825
Willy Tarreau9ea05a72009-06-14 12:07:01 +02002826
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002827option tcpka
2828 Enable or disable the sending of TCP keepalive packets on both sides
2829 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2830 yes | yes | yes | yes
2831 Arguments : none
2832
2833 When there is a firewall or any session-aware component between a client and
2834 a server, and when the protocol involves very long sessions with long idle
2835 periods (eg: remote desktops), there is a risk that one of the intermediate
2836 components decides to expire a session which has remained idle for too long.
2837
2838 Enabling socket-level TCP keep-alives makes the system regularly send packets
2839 to the other end of the connection, leaving it active. The delay between
2840 keep-alive probes is controlled by the system only and depends both on the
2841 operating system and its tuning parameters.
2842
2843 It is important to understand that keep-alive packets are neither emitted nor
2844 received at the application level. It is only the network stacks which sees
2845 them. For this reason, even if one side of the proxy already uses keep-alives
2846 to maintain its connection alive, those keep-alive packets will not be
2847 forwarded to the other side of the proxy.
2848
2849 Please note that this has nothing to do with HTTP keep-alive.
2850
2851 Using option "tcpka" enables the emission of TCP keep-alive probes on both
2852 the client and server sides of a connection. Note that this is meaningful
2853 only in "defaults" or "listen" sections. If this option is used in a
2854 frontend, only the client side will get keep-alives, and if this option is
2855 used in a backend, only the server side will get keep-alives. For this
2856 reason, it is strongly recommended to explicitly use "option clitcpka" and
2857 "option srvtcpka" when the configuration is split between frontends and
2858 backends.
2859
2860 See also : "option clitcpka", "option srvtcpka"
2861
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01002862
2863option tcplog
2864 Enable advanced logging of TCP connections with session state and timers
2865 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2866 yes | yes | yes | yes
2867 Arguments : none
2868
2869 By default, the log output format is very poor, as it only contains the
2870 source and destination addresses, and the instance name. By specifying
2871 "option tcplog", each log line turns into a much richer format including, but
2872 not limited to, the connection timers, the session status, the connections
2873 numbers, the frontend, backend and server name, and of course the source
2874 address and ports. This option is useful for pure TCP proxies in order to
2875 find which of the client or server disconnects or times out. For normal HTTP
2876 proxies, it's better to use "option httplog" which is even more complete.
2877
2878 This option may be set either in the frontend or the backend.
2879
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002880 See also : "option httplog", and section 8 about logging.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01002881
2882
2883option tcpsplice [ experimental ]
2884 Enable linux kernel-based acceleration of data relaying
2885 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2886 yes | yes | yes | yes
2887 Arguments : none
2888
2889 This option is only available when HAProxy has been built for use on Linux
2890 with USE_TCPSPLICE=1. This option requires a kernel patch which is available
2891 on http://www.linux-l7sw.org/.
2892
2893 When "option tcpsplice" is set, as soon as the server's response headers have
2894 been transferred, the session handling is transferred to the kernel which
2895 will forward all subsequent data from the server to the client untill the
2896 session closes. This leads to much faster data transfers between client and
2897 server since the data is not copied twice between kernel and user space, but
2898 there are some limitations such as the lack of information about the number
2899 of bytes transferred and the total transfer time.
2900
2901 This is an experimental feature. It happens to reliably work but issues
2902 caused by corner cases are to be expected.
2903
2904 Note that this option requires that the process permanently runs with
2905 CAP_NETADMIN privileges, which most often translates into running as root.
2906
2907
2908option transparent
2909no option transparent
2910 Enable client-side transparent proxying
2911 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
Willy Tarreau4b1f8592008-12-23 23:13:55 +01002912 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01002913 Arguments : none
2914
2915 This option was introduced in order to provide layer 7 persistence to layer 3
2916 load balancers. The idea is to use the OS's ability to redirect an incoming
2917 connection for a remote address to a local process (here HAProxy), and let
2918 this process know what address was initially requested. When this option is
2919 used, sessions without cookies will be forwarded to the original destination
2920 IP address of the incoming request (which should match that of another
2921 equipment), while requests with cookies will still be forwarded to the
2922 appropriate server.
2923
2924 Note that contrary to a common belief, this option does NOT make HAProxy
2925 present the client's IP to the server when establishing the connection.
2926
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01002927 See also: the "usersrc" argument of the "source" keyword, and the
2928 "transparent" option of the "bind" keyword.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01002929
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002930
Willy Tarreau3a7d2072009-03-05 23:48:25 +01002931rate-limit sessions <rate>
2932 Set a limit on the number of new sessions accepted per second on a frontend
2933 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2934 yes | yes | yes | no
2935 Arguments :
2936 <rate> The <rate> parameter is an integer designating the maximum number
2937 of new sessions per second to accept on the frontend.
2938
2939 When the frontend reaches the specified number of new sessions per second, it
2940 stops accepting new connections until the rate drops below the limit again.
2941 During this time, the pending sessions will be kept in the socket's backlog
2942 (in system buffers) and haproxy will not even be aware that sessions are
2943 pending. When applying very low limit on a highly loaded service, it may make
2944 sense to increase the socket's backlog using the "backlog" keyword.
2945
2946 This feature is particularly efficient at blocking connection-based attacks
2947 or service abuse on fragile servers. Since the session rate is measured every
2948 millisecond, it is extremely accurate. Also, the limit applies immediately,
2949 no delay is needed at all to detect the threshold.
2950
2951 Example : limit the connection rate on SMTP to 10 per second max
2952 listen smtp
2953 mode tcp
2954 bind :25
2955 rate-limit sessions 10
2956 server 127.0.0.1:1025
2957
2958 Note : when the maximum rate is reached, the frontend's status appears as
2959 "FULL" in the statistics, exactly as when it is saturated.
2960
2961 See also : the "backlog" keyword and the "fe_sess_rate" ACL criterion.
2962
2963
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01002964redirect location <to> [code <code>] <option> {if | unless} <condition>
2965redirect prefix <to> [code <code>] <option> {if | unless} <condition>
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +02002966 Return an HTTP redirection if/unless a condition is matched
2967 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2968 no | yes | yes | yes
2969
2970 If/unless the condition is matched, the HTTP request will lead to a redirect
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01002971 response.
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +02002972
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01002973 Arguments :
2974 <to> With "redirect location", the exact value in <to> is placed into
2975 the HTTP "Location" header. In case of "redirect prefix", the
2976 "Location" header is built from the concatenation of <to> and the
2977 complete URI, including the query string, unless the "drop-query"
Willy Tarreaufe651a52008-11-19 21:15:17 +01002978 option is specified (see below). As a special case, if <to>
2979 equals exactly "/" in prefix mode, then nothing is inserted
2980 before the original URI. It allows one to redirect to the same
2981 URL.
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01002982
2983 <code> The code is optional. It indicates which type of HTTP redirection
2984 is desired. Only codes 301, 302 and 303 are supported, and 302 is
2985 used if no code is specified. 301 means "Moved permanently", and
2986 a browser may cache the Location. 302 means "Moved permanently"
2987 and means that the browser should not cache the redirection. 303
2988 is equivalent to 302 except that the browser will fetch the
2989 location with a GET method.
2990
2991 <option> There are several options which can be specified to adjust the
2992 expected behaviour of a redirection :
2993
2994 - "drop-query"
2995 When this keyword is used in a prefix-based redirection, then the
2996 location will be set without any possible query-string, which is useful
2997 for directing users to a non-secure page for instance. It has no effect
2998 with a location-type redirect.
2999
3000 - "set-cookie NAME[=value]"
3001 A "Set-Cookie" header will be added with NAME (and optionally "=value")
3002 to the response. This is sometimes used to indicate that a user has
3003 been seen, for instance to protect against some types of DoS. No other
3004 cookie option is added, so the cookie will be a session cookie. Note
3005 that for a browser, a sole cookie name without an equal sign is
3006 different from a cookie with an equal sign.
3007
3008 - "clear-cookie NAME[=]"
3009 A "Set-Cookie" header will be added with NAME (and optionally "="), but
3010 with the "Max-Age" attribute set to zero. This will tell the browser to
3011 delete this cookie. It is useful for instance on logout pages. It is
3012 important to note that clearing the cookie "NAME" will not remove a
3013 cookie set with "NAME=value". You have to clear the cookie "NAME=" for
3014 that, because the browser makes the difference.
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +02003015
3016 Example: move the login URL only to HTTPS.
3017 acl clear dst_port 80
3018 acl secure dst_port 8080
3019 acl login_page url_beg /login
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01003020 acl logout url_beg /logout
Willy Tarreau79da4692008-11-19 20:03:04 +01003021 acl uid_given url_reg /login?userid=[^&]+
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01003022 acl cookie_set hdr_sub(cookie) SEEN=1
3023
3024 redirect prefix https://mysite.com set-cookie SEEN=1 if !cookie_set
Willy Tarreau79da4692008-11-19 20:03:04 +01003025 redirect prefix https://mysite.com if login_page !secure
3026 redirect prefix http://mysite.com drop-query if login_page !uid_given
3027 redirect location http://mysite.com/ if !login_page secure
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01003028 redirect location / clear-cookie USERID= if logout
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +02003029
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003030 See section 7 about ACL usage.
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +02003031
3032
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01003033redisp (deprecated)
3034redispatch (deprecated)
3035 Enable or disable session redistribution in case of connection failure
3036 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3037 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003038 Arguments : none
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01003039
3040 In HTTP mode, if a server designated by a cookie is down, clients may
3041 definitely stick to it because they cannot flush the cookie, so they will not
3042 be able to access the service anymore.
3043
3044 Specifying "redispatch" will allow the proxy to break their persistence and
3045 redistribute them to a working server.
3046
3047 It also allows to retry last connection to another server in case of multiple
3048 connection failures. Of course, it requires having "retries" set to a nonzero
3049 value.
3050
3051 This form is deprecated, do not use it in any new configuration, use the new
3052 "option redispatch" instead.
3053
3054 See also : "option redispatch"
3055
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003056
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003057reqadd <string>
3058 Add a header at the end of the HTTP request
3059 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3060 no | yes | yes | yes
3061 Arguments :
3062 <string> is the complete line to be added. Any space or known delimiter
3063 must be escaped using a backslash ('\'). Please refer to section
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003064 6 about HTTP header manipulation for more information.
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003065
3066 A new line consisting in <string> followed by a line feed will be added after
3067 the last header of an HTTP request.
3068
3069 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3070 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3071 responses.
3072
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003073 See also: "rspadd" and section 6 about HTTP header manipulation
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003074
3075
3076reqallow <search>
3077reqiallow <search> (ignore case)
3078 Definitely allow an HTTP request if a line matches a regular expression
3079 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3080 no | yes | yes | yes
3081 Arguments :
3082 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3083 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3084 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3085 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3086 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The
3087 "reqallow" keyword strictly matches case while "reqiallow"
3088 ignores case.
3089
3090 A request containing any line which matches extended regular expression
3091 <search> will mark the request as allowed, even if any later test would
3092 result in a deny. The test applies both to the request line and to request
3093 headers. Keep in mind that URLs in request line are case-sensitive while
3094 header names are not.
3095
3096 It is easier, faster and more powerful to use ACLs to write access policies.
3097 Reqdeny, reqallow and reqpass should be avoided in new designs.
3098
3099 Example :
3100 # allow www.* but refuse *.local
3101 reqiallow ^Host:\ www\.
3102 reqideny ^Host:\ .*\.local
3103
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003104 See also: "reqdeny", "acl", "block" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003105 manipulation
3106
3107
3108reqdel <search>
3109reqidel <search> (ignore case)
3110 Delete all headers matching a regular expression in an HTTP request
3111 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3112 no | yes | yes | yes
3113 Arguments :
3114 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3115 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3116 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3117 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3118 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The "reqdel"
3119 keyword strictly matches case while "reqidel" ignores case.
3120
3121 Any header line matching extended regular expression <search> in the request
3122 will be completely deleted. Most common use of this is to remove unwanted
3123 and/or dangerous headers or cookies from a request before passing it to the
3124 next servers.
3125
3126 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3127 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3128 responses. Keep in mind that header names are not case-sensitive.
3129
3130 Example :
3131 # remove X-Forwarded-For header and SERVER cookie
3132 reqidel ^X-Forwarded-For:.*
3133 reqidel ^Cookie:.*SERVER=
3134
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003135 See also: "reqadd", "reqrep", "rspdel" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003136 manipulation
3137
3138
3139reqdeny <search>
3140reqideny <search> (ignore case)
3141 Deny an HTTP request if a line matches a regular expression
3142 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3143 no | yes | yes | yes
3144 Arguments :
3145 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3146 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3147 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3148 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3149 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The
3150 "reqdeny" keyword strictly matches case while "reqideny" ignores
3151 case.
3152
3153 A request containing any line which matches extended regular expression
3154 <search> will mark the request as denied, even if any later test would
3155 result in an allow. The test applies both to the request line and to request
3156 headers. Keep in mind that URLs in request line are case-sensitive while
3157 header names are not.
3158
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01003159 A denied request will generate an "HTTP 403 forbidden" response once the
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01003160 complete request has been parsed. This is consistent with what is practiced
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01003161 using ACLs.
3162
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003163 It is easier, faster and more powerful to use ACLs to write access policies.
3164 Reqdeny, reqallow and reqpass should be avoided in new designs.
3165
3166 Example :
3167 # refuse *.local, then allow www.*
3168 reqideny ^Host:\ .*\.local
3169 reqiallow ^Host:\ www\.
3170
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003171 See also: "reqallow", "rspdeny", "acl", "block" and section 6 about HTTP
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003172 header manipulation
3173
3174
3175reqpass <search>
3176reqipass <search> (ignore case)
3177 Ignore any HTTP request line matching a regular expression in next rules
3178 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3179 no | yes | yes | yes
3180 Arguments :
3181 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3182 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3183 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3184 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3185 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The
3186 "reqpass" keyword strictly matches case while "reqipass" ignores
3187 case.
3188
3189 A request containing any line which matches extended regular expression
3190 <search> will skip next rules, without assigning any deny or allow verdict.
3191 The test applies both to the request line and to request headers. Keep in
3192 mind that URLs in request line are case-sensitive while header names are not.
3193
3194 It is easier, faster and more powerful to use ACLs to write access policies.
3195 Reqdeny, reqallow and reqpass should be avoided in new designs.
3196
3197 Example :
3198 # refuse *.local, then allow www.*, but ignore "www.private.local"
3199 reqipass ^Host:\ www.private\.local
3200 reqideny ^Host:\ .*\.local
3201 reqiallow ^Host:\ www\.
3202
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003203 See also: "reqallow", "reqdeny", "acl", "block" and section 6 about HTTP
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003204 header manipulation
3205
3206
3207reqrep <search> <string>
3208reqirep <search> <string> (ignore case)
3209 Replace a regular expression with a string in an HTTP request line
3210 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3211 no | yes | yes | yes
3212 Arguments :
3213 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3214 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3215 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3216 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3217 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The "reqrep"
3218 keyword strictly matches case while "reqirep" ignores case.
3219
3220 <string> is the complete line to be added. Any space or known delimiter
3221 must be escaped using a backslash ('\'). References to matched
3222 pattern groups are possible using the common \N form, with N
3223 being a single digit between 0 and 9. Please refer to section
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003224 6 about HTTP header manipulation for more information.
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003225
3226 Any line matching extended regular expression <search> in the request (both
3227 the request line and header lines) will be completely replaced with <string>.
3228 Most common use of this is to rewrite URLs or domain names in "Host" headers.
3229
3230 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3231 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3232 responses. Note that for increased readability, it is suggested to add enough
3233 spaces between the request and the response. Keep in mind that URLs in
3234 request line are case-sensitive while header names are not.
3235
3236 Example :
3237 # replace "/static/" with "/" at the beginning of any request path.
3238 reqrep ^([^\ ]*)\ /static/(.*) \1\ /\2
3239 # replace "www.mydomain.com" with "www" in the host name.
3240 reqirep ^Host:\ www.mydomain.com Host:\ www
3241
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003242 See also: "reqadd", "reqdel", "rsprep" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003243 manipulation
3244
3245
3246reqtarpit <search>
3247reqitarpit <search> (ignore case)
3248 Tarpit an HTTP request containing a line matching a regular expression
3249 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3250 no | yes | yes | yes
3251 Arguments :
3252 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3253 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3254 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3255 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3256 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The
3257 "reqtarpit" keyword strictly matches case while "reqitarpit"
3258 ignores case.
3259
3260 A request containing any line which matches extended regular expression
3261 <search> will be tarpitted, which means that it will connect to nowhere, will
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01003262 be kept open for a pre-defined time, then will return an HTTP error 500 so
3263 that the attacker does not suspect it has been tarpitted. The status 500 will
3264 be reported in the logs, but the completion flags will indicate "PT". The
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003265 delay is defined by "timeout tarpit", or "timeout connect" if the former is
3266 not set.
3267
3268 The goal of the tarpit is to slow down robots attacking servers with
3269 identifiable requests. Many robots limit their outgoing number of connections
3270 and stay connected waiting for a reply which can take several minutes to
3271 come. Depending on the environment and attack, it may be particularly
3272 efficient at reducing the load on the network and firewalls.
3273
3274 Example :
3275 # ignore user-agents reporting any flavour of "Mozilla" or "MSIE", but
3276 # block all others.
3277 reqipass ^User-Agent:\.*(Mozilla|MSIE)
3278 reqitarpit ^User-Agent:
3279
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003280 See also: "reqallow", "reqdeny", "reqpass", and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003281 manipulation
3282
3283
Willy Tarreaue5c5ce92008-06-20 17:27:19 +02003284retries <value>
3285 Set the number of retries to perform on a server after a connection failure
3286 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3287 yes | no | yes | yes
3288 Arguments :
3289 <value> is the number of times a connection attempt should be retried on
3290 a server when a connection either is refused or times out. The
3291 default value is 3.
3292
3293 It is important to understand that this value applies to the number of
3294 connection attempts, not full requests. When a connection has effectively
3295 been established to a server, there will be no more retry.
3296
3297 In order to avoid immediate reconnections to a server which is restarting,
3298 a turn-around timer of 1 second is applied before a retry occurs.
3299
3300 When "option redispatch" is set, the last retry may be performed on another
3301 server even if a cookie references a different server.
3302
3303 See also : "option redispatch"
3304
3305
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003306rspadd <string>
3307 Add a header at the end of the HTTP response
3308 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3309 no | yes | yes | yes
3310 Arguments :
3311 <string> is the complete line to be added. Any space or known delimiter
3312 must be escaped using a backslash ('\'). Please refer to section
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003313 6 about HTTP header manipulation for more information.
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003314
3315 A new line consisting in <string> followed by a line feed will be added after
3316 the last header of an HTTP response.
3317
3318 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3319 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3320 responses.
3321
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003322 See also: "reqadd" and section 6 about HTTP header manipulation
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003323
3324
3325rspdel <search>
3326rspidel <search> (ignore case)
3327 Delete all headers matching a regular expression in an HTTP response
3328 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3329 no | yes | yes | yes
3330 Arguments :
3331 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3332 response line. This is an extended regular expression, so
3333 parenthesis grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash
3334 is required. Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using
3335 a backslash ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time.
3336 The "rspdel" keyword strictly matches case while "rspidel"
3337 ignores case.
3338
3339 Any header line matching extended regular expression <search> in the response
3340 will be completely deleted. Most common use of this is to remove unwanted
3341 and/or sensible headers or cookies from a response before passing it to the
3342 client.
3343
3344 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3345 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3346 responses. Keep in mind that header names are not case-sensitive.
3347
3348 Example :
3349 # remove the Server header from responses
3350 reqidel ^Server:.*
3351
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003352 See also: "rspadd", "rsprep", "reqdel" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003353 manipulation
3354
3355
3356rspdeny <search>
3357rspideny <search> (ignore case)
3358 Block an HTTP response if a line matches a regular expression
3359 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3360 no | yes | yes | yes
3361 Arguments :
3362 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3363 response line. This is an extended regular expression, so
3364 parenthesis grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash
3365 is required. Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using
3366 a backslash ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time.
3367 The "rspdeny" keyword strictly matches case while "rspideny"
3368 ignores case.
3369
3370 A response containing any line which matches extended regular expression
3371 <search> will mark the request as denied. The test applies both to the
3372 response line and to response headers. Keep in mind that header names are not
3373 case-sensitive.
3374
3375 Main use of this keyword is to prevent sensitive information leak and to
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01003376 block the response before it reaches the client. If a response is denied, it
3377 will be replaced with an HTTP 502 error so that the client never retrieves
3378 any sensitive data.
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003379
3380 It is easier, faster and more powerful to use ACLs to write access policies.
3381 Rspdeny should be avoided in new designs.
3382
3383 Example :
3384 # Ensure that no content type matching ms-word will leak
3385 rspideny ^Content-type:\.*/ms-word
3386
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003387 See also: "reqdeny", "acl", "block" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003388 manipulation
3389
3390
3391rsprep <search> <string>
3392rspirep <search> <string> (ignore case)
3393 Replace a regular expression with a string in an HTTP response line
3394 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3395 no | yes | yes | yes
3396 Arguments :
3397 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3398 response line. This is an extended regular expression, so
3399 parenthesis grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash
3400 is required. Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using
3401 a backslash ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time.
3402 The "rsprep" keyword strictly matches case while "rspirep"
3403 ignores case.
3404
3405 <string> is the complete line to be added. Any space or known delimiter
3406 must be escaped using a backslash ('\'). References to matched
3407 pattern groups are possible using the common \N form, with N
3408 being a single digit between 0 and 9. Please refer to section
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003409 6 about HTTP header manipulation for more information.
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003410
3411 Any line matching extended regular expression <search> in the response (both
3412 the response line and header lines) will be completely replaced with
3413 <string>. Most common use of this is to rewrite Location headers.
3414
3415 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3416 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3417 responses. Note that for increased readability, it is suggested to add enough
3418 spaces between the request and the response. Keep in mind that header names
3419 are not case-sensitive.
3420
3421 Example :
3422 # replace "Location: 127.0.0.1:8080" with "Location: www.mydomain.com"
3423 rspirep ^Location:\ 127.0.0.1:8080 Location:\ www.mydomain.com
3424
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003425 See also: "rspadd", "rspdel", "reqrep" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003426 manipulation
3427
3428
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003429server <name> <address>[:port] [param*]
3430 Declare a server in a backend
3431 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3432 no | no | yes | yes
3433 Arguments :
3434 <name> is the internal name assigned to this server. This name will
3435 appear in logs and alerts.
3436
3437 <address> is the IPv4 address of the server. Alternatively, a resolvable
3438 hostname is supported, but this name will be resolved during
3439 start-up.
3440
3441 <ports> is an optional port specification. If set, all connections will
3442 be sent to this port. If unset, the same port the client
3443 connected to will be used. The port may also be prefixed by a "+"
3444 or a "-". In this case, the server's port will be determined by
3445 adding this value to the client's port.
3446
3447 <param*> is a list of parameters for this server. The "server" keywords
3448 accepts an important number of options and has a complete section
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003449 dedicated to it. Please refer to section 5 for more details.
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003450
3451 Examples :
3452 server first 10.1.1.1:1080 cookie first check inter 1000
3453 server second 10.1.1.2:1080 cookie second check inter 1000
3454
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003455 See also : section 5 about server options
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003456
3457
3458source <addr>[:<port>] [usesrc { <addr2>[:<port2>] | client | clientip } ]
Willy Tarreaud53f96b2009-02-04 18:46:54 +01003459source <addr>[:<port>] [interface <name>]
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003460 Set the source address for outgoing connections
3461 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3462 yes | no | yes | yes
3463 Arguments :
3464 <addr> is the IPv4 address HAProxy will bind to before connecting to a
3465 server. This address is also used as a source for health checks.
3466 The default value of 0.0.0.0 means that the system will select
3467 the most appropriate address to reach its destination.
3468
3469 <port> is an optional port. It is normally not needed but may be useful
3470 in some very specific contexts. The default value of zero means
Willy Tarreauc6f4ce82009-06-10 11:09:37 +02003471 the system will select a free port. Note that port ranges are not
3472 supported in the backend. If you want to force port ranges, you
3473 have to specify them on each "server" line.
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003474
3475 <addr2> is the IP address to present to the server when connections are
3476 forwarded in full transparent proxy mode. This is currently only
3477 supported on some patched Linux kernels. When this address is
3478 specified, clients connecting to the server will be presented
3479 with this address, while health checks will still use the address
3480 <addr>.
3481
3482 <port2> is the optional port to present to the server when connections
3483 are forwarded in full transparent proxy mode (see <addr2> above).
3484 The default value of zero means the system will select a free
3485 port.
3486
Willy Tarreaud53f96b2009-02-04 18:46:54 +01003487 <name> is an optional interface name to which to bind to for outgoing
3488 traffic. On systems supporting this features (currently, only
3489 Linux), this allows one to bind all traffic to the server to
3490 this interface even if it is not the one the system would select
3491 based on routing tables. This should be used with extreme care.
3492 Note that using this option requires root privileges.
3493
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003494 The "source" keyword is useful in complex environments where a specific
3495 address only is allowed to connect to the servers. It may be needed when a
3496 private address must be used through a public gateway for instance, and it is
3497 known that the system cannot determine the adequate source address by itself.
3498
3499 An extension which is available on certain patched Linux kernels may be used
3500 through the "usesrc" optional keyword. It makes it possible to connect to the
3501 servers with an IP address which does not belong to the system itself. This
3502 is called "full transparent proxy mode". For this to work, the destination
3503 servers have to route their traffic back to this address through the machine
3504 running HAProxy, and IP forwarding must generally be enabled on this machine.
3505
3506 In this "full transparent proxy" mode, it is possible to force a specific IP
3507 address to be presented to the servers. This is not much used in fact. A more
3508 common use is to tell HAProxy to present the client's IP address. For this,
3509 there are two methods :
3510
3511 - present the client's IP and port addresses. This is the most transparent
3512 mode, but it can cause problems when IP connection tracking is enabled on
3513 the machine, because a same connection may be seen twice with different
3514 states. However, this solution presents the huge advantage of not
3515 limiting the system to the 64k outgoing address+port couples, because all
3516 of the client ranges may be used.
3517
3518 - present only the client's IP address and select a spare port. This
3519 solution is still quite elegant but slightly less transparent (downstream
3520 firewalls logs will not match upstream's). It also presents the downside
3521 of limiting the number of concurrent connections to the usual 64k ports.
3522 However, since the upstream and downstream ports are different, local IP
3523 connection tracking on the machine will not be upset by the reuse of the
3524 same session.
3525
3526 Note that depending on the transparent proxy technology used, it may be
3527 required to force the source address. In fact, cttproxy version 2 requires an
3528 IP address in <addr> above, and does not support setting of "0.0.0.0" as the
3529 IP address because it creates NAT entries which much match the exact outgoing
3530 address. Tproxy version 4 and some other kernel patches which work in pure
3531 forwarding mode generally will not have this limitation.
3532
3533 This option sets the default source for all servers in the backend. It may
3534 also be specified in a "defaults" section. Finer source address specification
3535 is possible at the server level using the "source" server option. Refer to
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003536 section 5 for more information.
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003537
3538 Examples :
3539 backend private
3540 # Connect to the servers using our 192.168.1.200 source address
3541 source 192.168.1.200
3542
3543 backend transparent_ssl1
3544 # Connect to the SSL farm from the client's source address
3545 source 192.168.1.200 usesrc clientip
3546
3547 backend transparent_ssl2
3548 # Connect to the SSL farm from the client's source address and port
3549 # not recommended if IP conntrack is present on the local machine.
3550 source 192.168.1.200 usesrc client
3551
3552 backend transparent_ssl3
3553 # Connect to the SSL farm from the client's source address. It
3554 # is more conntrack-friendly.
3555 source 192.168.1.200 usesrc clientip
3556
3557 backend transparent_smtp
3558 # Connect to the SMTP farm from the client's source address/port
3559 # with Tproxy version 4.
3560 source 0.0.0.0 usesrc clientip
3561
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003562 See also : the "source" server option in section 5, the Tproxy patches for
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003563 the Linux kernel on www.balabit.com, the "bind" keyword.
3564
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01003565
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01003566srvtimeout <timeout> (deprecated)
3567 Set the maximum inactivity time on the server side.
3568 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3569 yes | no | yes | yes
3570 Arguments :
3571 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
3572 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
3573 as explained at the top of this document.
3574
3575 The inactivity timeout applies when the server is expected to acknowledge or
3576 send data. In HTTP mode, this timeout is particularly important to consider
3577 during the first phase of the server's response, when it has to send the
3578 headers, as it directly represents the server's processing time for the
3579 request. To find out what value to put there, it's often good to start with
3580 what would be considered as unacceptable response times, then check the logs
3581 to observe the response time distribution, and adjust the value accordingly.
3582
3583 The value is specified in milliseconds by default, but can be in any other
3584 unit if the number is suffixed by the unit, as specified at the top of this
3585 document. In TCP mode (and to a lesser extent, in HTTP mode), it is highly
3586 recommended that the client timeout remains equal to the server timeout in
3587 order to avoid complex situations to debug. Whatever the expected server
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01003588 response times, it is a good practice to cover at least one or several TCP
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01003589 packet losses by specifying timeouts that are slightly above multiples of 3
3590 seconds (eg: 4 or 5 seconds minimum).
3591
3592 This parameter is specific to backends, but can be specified once for all in
3593 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
3594 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
3595 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
3596 during startup because it may results in accumulation of expired sessions in
3597 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
3598
3599 This parameter is provided for compatibility but is currently deprecated.
3600 Please use "timeout server" instead.
3601
3602 See also : "timeout server", "timeout client" and "clitimeout".
3603
3604
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003605stats auth <user>:<passwd>
3606 Enable statistics with authentication and grant access to an account
3607 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3608 yes | no | yes | yes
3609 Arguments :
3610 <user> is a user name to grant access to
3611
3612 <passwd> is the cleartext password associated to this user
3613
3614 This statement enables statistics with default settings, and restricts access
3615 to declared users only. It may be repeated as many times as necessary to
3616 allow as many users as desired. When a user tries to access the statistics
3617 without a valid account, a "401 Forbidden" response will be returned so that
3618 the browser asks the user to provide a valid user and password. The real
3619 which will be returned to the browser is configurable using "stats realm".
3620
3621 Since the authentication method is HTTP Basic Authentication, the passwords
3622 circulate in cleartext on the network. Thus, it was decided that the
3623 configuration file would also use cleartext passwords to remind the users
3624 that those ones should not be sensible and not shared with any other account.
3625
3626 It is also possible to reduce the scope of the proxies which appear in the
3627 report using "stats scope".
3628
3629 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
3630 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
3631 unobvious parameters.
3632
3633 Example :
3634 # public access (limited to this backend only)
3635 backend public_www
3636 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
3637 stats enable
3638 stats hide-version
3639 stats scope .
3640 stats uri /admin?stats
3641 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
3642 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
3643 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
3644
3645 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
3646 backend private_monitoring
3647 stats enable
3648 stats uri /admin?stats
3649 stats refresh 5s
3650
3651 See also : "stats enable", "stats realm", "stats scope", "stats uri"
3652
3653
3654stats enable
3655 Enable statistics reporting with default settings
3656 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3657 yes | no | yes | yes
3658 Arguments : none
3659
3660 This statement enables statistics reporting with default settings defined
3661 at build time. Unless stated otherwise, these settings are used :
3662 - stats uri : /haproxy?stats
3663 - stats realm : "HAProxy Statistics"
3664 - stats auth : no authentication
3665 - stats scope : no restriction
3666
3667 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
3668 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
3669 unobvious parameters.
3670
3671 Example :
3672 # public access (limited to this backend only)
3673 backend public_www
3674 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
3675 stats enable
3676 stats hide-version
3677 stats scope .
3678 stats uri /admin?stats
3679 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
3680 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
3681 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
3682
3683 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
3684 backend private_monitoring
3685 stats enable
3686 stats uri /admin?stats
3687 stats refresh 5s
3688
3689 See also : "stats auth", "stats realm", "stats uri"
3690
3691
3692stats realm <realm>
3693 Enable statistics and set authentication realm
3694 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3695 yes | no | yes | yes
3696 Arguments :
3697 <realm> is the name of the HTTP Basic Authentication realm reported to
3698 the browser. The browser uses it to display it in the pop-up
3699 inviting the user to enter a valid username and password.
3700
3701 The realm is read as a single word, so any spaces in it should be escaped
3702 using a backslash ('\').
3703
3704 This statement is useful only in conjunction with "stats auth" since it is
3705 only related to authentication.
3706
3707 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
3708 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
3709 unobvious parameters.
3710
3711 Example :
3712 # public access (limited to this backend only)
3713 backend public_www
3714 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
3715 stats enable
3716 stats hide-version
3717 stats scope .
3718 stats uri /admin?stats
3719 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
3720 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
3721 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
3722
3723 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
3724 backend private_monitoring
3725 stats enable
3726 stats uri /admin?stats
3727 stats refresh 5s
3728
3729 See also : "stats auth", "stats enable", "stats uri"
3730
3731
3732stats refresh <delay>
3733 Enable statistics with automatic refresh
3734 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3735 yes | no | yes | yes
3736 Arguments :
3737 <delay> is the suggested refresh delay, specified in seconds, which will
3738 be returned to the browser consulting the report page. While the
3739 browser is free to apply any delay, it will generally respect it
3740 and refresh the page this every seconds. The refresh interval may
3741 be specified in any other non-default time unit, by suffixing the
3742 unit after the value, as explained at the top of this document.
3743
3744 This statement is useful on monitoring displays with a permanent page
3745 reporting the load balancer's activity. When set, the HTML report page will
3746 include a link "refresh"/"stop refresh" so that the user can select whether
3747 he wants automatic refresh of the page or not.
3748
3749 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
3750 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
3751 unobvious parameters.
3752
3753 Example :
3754 # public access (limited to this backend only)
3755 backend public_www
3756 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
3757 stats enable
3758 stats hide-version
3759 stats scope .
3760 stats uri /admin?stats
3761 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
3762 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
3763 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
3764
3765 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
3766 backend private_monitoring
3767 stats enable
3768 stats uri /admin?stats
3769 stats refresh 5s
3770
3771 See also : "stats auth", "stats enable", "stats realm", "stats uri"
3772
3773
3774stats scope { <name> | "." }
3775 Enable statistics and limit access scope
3776 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3777 yes | no | yes | yes
3778 Arguments :
3779 <name> is the name of a listen, frontend or backend section to be
3780 reported. The special name "." (a single dot) designates the
3781 section in which the statement appears.
3782
3783 When this statement is specified, only the sections enumerated with this
3784 statement will appear in the report. All other ones will be hidden. This
3785 statement may appear as many times as needed if multiple sections need to be
3786 reported. Please note that the name checking is performed as simple string
3787 comparisons, and that it is never checked that a give section name really
3788 exists.
3789
3790 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
3791 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
3792 unobvious parameters.
3793
3794 Example :
3795 # public access (limited to this backend only)
3796 backend public_www
3797 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
3798 stats enable
3799 stats hide-version
3800 stats scope .
3801 stats uri /admin?stats
3802 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
3803 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
3804 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
3805
3806 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
3807 backend private_monitoring
3808 stats enable
3809 stats uri /admin?stats
3810 stats refresh 5s
3811
3812 See also : "stats auth", "stats enable", "stats realm", "stats uri"
3813
3814
3815stats uri <prefix>
3816 Enable statistics and define the URI prefix to access them
3817 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3818 yes | no | yes | yes
3819 Arguments :
3820 <prefix> is the prefix of any URI which will be redirected to stats. This
3821 prefix may contain a question mark ('?') to indicate part of a
3822 query string.
3823
3824 The statistics URI is intercepted on the relayed traffic, so it appears as a
3825 page within the normal application. It is strongly advised to ensure that the
3826 selected URI will never appear in the application, otherwise it will never be
3827 possible to reach it in the application.
3828
3829 The default URI compiled in haproxy is "/haproxy?stats", but this may be
3830 changed at build time, so it's better to always explictly specify it here.
3831 It is generally a good idea to include a question mark in the URI so that
3832 intermediate proxies refrain from caching the results. Also, since any string
3833 beginning with the prefix will be accepted as a stats request, the question
3834 mark helps ensuring that no valid URI will begin with the same words.
3835
3836 It is sometimes very convenient to use "/" as the URI prefix, and put that
3837 statement in a "listen" instance of its own. That makes it easy to dedicate
3838 an address or a port to statistics only.
3839
3840 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
3841 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
3842 unobvious parameters.
3843
3844 Example :
3845 # public access (limited to this backend only)
3846 backend public_www
3847 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
3848 stats enable
3849 stats hide-version
3850 stats scope .
3851 stats uri /admin?stats
3852 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
3853 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
3854 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
3855
3856 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
3857 backend private_monitoring
3858 stats enable
3859 stats uri /admin?stats
3860 stats refresh 5s
3861
3862 See also : "stats auth", "stats enable", "stats realm"
3863
3864
3865stats hide-version
3866 Enable statistics and hide HAProxy version reporting
3867 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3868 yes | no | yes | yes
3869 Arguments : none
3870
3871 By default, the stats page reports some useful status information along with
3872 the statistics. Among them is HAProxy's version. However, it is generally
3873 considered dangerous to report precise version to anyone, as it can help them
3874 target known weaknesses with specific attacks. The "stats hide-version"
3875 statement removes the version from the statistics report. This is recommended
3876 for public sites or any site with a weak login/password.
3877
3878 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
3879 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
3880 unobvious parameters.
3881
3882 Example :
3883 # public access (limited to this backend only)
3884 backend public_www
3885 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
3886 stats enable
3887 stats hide-version
3888 stats scope .
3889 stats uri /admin?stats
3890 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
3891 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
3892 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
3893
3894 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
3895 backend private_monitoring
3896 stats enable
3897 stats uri /admin?stats
3898 stats refresh 5s
3899
3900 See also : "stats auth", "stats enable", "stats realm", "stats uri"
3901
3902
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02003903tcp-request content accept [{if | unless} <condition>]
3904 Accept a connection if/unless a content inspection condition is matched
3905 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3906 no | yes | yes | no
3907
3908 During TCP content inspection, the connection is immediately validated if the
3909 condition is true (when used with "if") or false (when used with "unless").
3910 Most of the time during content inspection, a condition will be in an
3911 uncertain state which is neither true nor false. The evaluation immediately
3912 stops when such a condition is encountered. It is important to understand
3913 that "accept" and "reject" rules are evaluated in their exact declaration
3914 order, so that it is possible to build complex rules from them. There is no
3915 specific limit to the number of rules which may be inserted.
3916
3917 Note that the "if/unless" condition is optionnal. If no condition is set on
3918 the action, it is simply performed unconditionally.
3919
3920 If no "tcp-request content" rules are matched, the default action already is
3921 "accept". Thus, this statement alone does not bring anything without another
3922 "reject" statement.
3923
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003924 See section 7 about ACL usage.
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02003925
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02003926 See also : "tcp-request content reject", "tcp-request inspect-delay"
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02003927
3928
3929tcp-request content reject [{if | unless} <condition>]
3930 Reject a connection if/unless a content inspection condition is matched
3931 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3932 no | yes | yes | no
3933
3934 During TCP content inspection, the connection is immediately rejected if the
3935 condition is true (when used with "if") or false (when used with "unless").
3936 Most of the time during content inspection, a condition will be in an
3937 uncertain state which is neither true nor false. The evaluation immediately
3938 stops when such a condition is encountered. It is important to understand
3939 that "accept" and "reject" rules are evaluated in their exact declaration
3940 order, so that it is possible to build complex rules from them. There is no
3941 specific limit to the number of rules which may be inserted.
3942
3943 Note that the "if/unless" condition is optionnal. If no condition is set on
3944 the action, it is simply performed unconditionally.
3945
3946 If no "tcp-request content" rules are matched, the default action is set to
3947 "accept".
3948
3949 Example:
3950 # reject SMTP connection if client speaks first
3951 tcp-request inspect-delay 30s
3952 acl content_present req_len gt 0
3953 tcp-request reject if content_present
3954
3955 # Forward HTTPS connection only if client speaks
3956 tcp-request inspect-delay 30s
3957 acl content_present req_len gt 0
3958 tcp-request accept if content_present
3959 tcp-request reject
3960
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003961 See section 7 about ACL usage.
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02003962
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02003963 See also : "tcp-request content accept", "tcp-request inspect-delay"
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02003964
3965
3966tcp-request inspect-delay <timeout>
3967 Set the maximum allowed time to wait for data during content inspection
3968 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3969 no | yes | yes | no
3970 Arguments :
3971 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
3972 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
3973 as explained at the top of this document.
3974
3975 People using haproxy primarily as a TCP relay are often worried about the
3976 risk of passing any type of protocol to a server without any analysis. In
3977 order to be able to analyze the request contents, we must first withhold
3978 the data then analyze them. This statement simply enables withholding of
3979 data for at most the specified amount of time.
3980
3981 Note that when performing content inspection, haproxy will evaluate the whole
3982 rules for every new chunk which gets in, taking into account the fact that
3983 those data are partial. If no rule matches before the aforementionned delay,
3984 a last check is performed upon expiration, this time considering that the
Willy Tarreaud869b242009-03-15 14:43:58 +01003985 contents are definitive. If no delay is set, haproxy will not wait at all
3986 and will immediately apply a verdict based on the available information.
3987 Obviously this is unlikely to be very useful and might even be racy, so such
3988 setups are not recommended.
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02003989
3990 As soon as a rule matches, the request is released and continues as usual. If
3991 the timeout is reached and no rule matches, the default policy will be to let
3992 it pass through unaffected.
3993
3994 For most protocols, it is enough to set it to a few seconds, as most clients
3995 send the full request immediately upon connection. Add 3 or more seconds to
3996 cover TCP retransmits but that's all. For some protocols, it may make sense
3997 to use large values, for instance to ensure that the client never talks
3998 before the server (eg: SMTP), or to wait for a client to talk before passing
3999 data to the server (eg: SSL). Note that the client timeout must cover at
4000 least the inspection delay, otherwise it will expire first.
4001
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02004002 See also : "tcp-request content accept", "tcp-request content reject",
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004003 "timeout client".
4004
4005
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki5259dfe2008-01-21 01:54:06 +01004006timeout check <timeout>
4007 Set additional check timeout, but only after a connection has been already
4008 established.
4009
4010 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4011 yes | no | yes | yes
4012 Arguments:
4013 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
4014 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4015 as explained at the top of this document.
4016
4017 If set, haproxy uses min("timeout connect", "inter") as a connect timeout
4018 for check and "timeout check" as an additional read timeout. The "min" is
4019 used so that people running with *very* long "timeout connect" (eg. those
4020 who needed this due to the queue or tarpit) do not slow down their checks.
4021 Of course it is better to use "check queue" and "check tarpit" instead of
4022 long "timeout connect".
4023
4024 If "timeout check" is not set haproxy uses "inter" for complete check
4025 timeout (connect + read) exactly like all <1.3.15 version.
4026
4027 In most cases check request is much simpler and faster to handle than normal
4028 requests and people may want to kick out laggy servers so this timeout should
Willy Tarreau41a340d2008-01-22 12:25:31 +01004029 be smaller than "timeout server".
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki5259dfe2008-01-21 01:54:06 +01004030
4031 This parameter is specific to backends, but can be specified once for all in
4032 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
4033 forget about it.
4034
Willy Tarreau41a340d2008-01-22 12:25:31 +01004035 See also: "timeout connect", "timeout queue", "timeout server",
4036 "timeout tarpit".
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki5259dfe2008-01-21 01:54:06 +01004037
4038
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004039timeout client <timeout>
4040timeout clitimeout <timeout> (deprecated)
4041 Set the maximum inactivity time on the client side.
4042 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4043 yes | yes | yes | no
4044 Arguments :
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004045 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004046 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4047 as explained at the top of this document.
4048
4049 The inactivity timeout applies when the client is expected to acknowledge or
4050 send data. In HTTP mode, this timeout is particularly important to consider
4051 during the first phase, when the client sends the request, and during the
4052 response while it is reading data sent by the server. The value is specified
4053 in milliseconds by default, but can be in any other unit if the number is
4054 suffixed by the unit, as specified at the top of this document. In TCP mode
4055 (and to a lesser extent, in HTTP mode), it is highly recommended that the
4056 client timeout remains equal to the server timeout in order to avoid complex
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01004057 situations to debug. It is a good practice to cover one or several TCP packet
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004058 losses by specifying timeouts that are slightly above multiples of 3 seconds
4059 (eg: 4 or 5 seconds).
4060
4061 This parameter is specific to frontends, but can be specified once for all in
4062 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
4063 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
4064 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
4065 during startup because it may results in accumulation of expired sessions in
4066 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
4067
4068 This parameter replaces the old, deprecated "clitimeout". It is recommended
4069 to use it to write new configurations. The form "timeout clitimeout" is
4070 provided only by backwards compatibility but its use is strongly discouraged.
4071
4072 See also : "clitimeout", "timeout server".
4073
4074
4075timeout connect <timeout>
4076timeout contimeout <timeout> (deprecated)
4077 Set the maximum time to wait for a connection attempt to a server to succeed.
4078 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4079 yes | no | yes | yes
4080 Arguments :
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004081 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004082 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4083 as explained at the top of this document.
4084
4085 If the server is located on the same LAN as haproxy, the connection should be
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01004086 immediate (less than a few milliseconds). Anyway, it is a good practice to
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004087 cover one or several TCP packet losses by specifying timeouts that are
4088 slightly above multiples of 3 seconds (eg: 4 or 5 seconds). By default, the
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki5259dfe2008-01-21 01:54:06 +01004089 connect timeout also presets both queue and tarpit timeouts to the same value
4090 if these have not been specified.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004091
4092 This parameter is specific to backends, but can be specified once for all in
4093 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
4094 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
4095 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
4096 during startup because it may results in accumulation of failed sessions in
4097 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
4098
4099 This parameter replaces the old, deprecated "contimeout". It is recommended
4100 to use it to write new configurations. The form "timeout contimeout" is
4101 provided only by backwards compatibility but its use is strongly discouraged.
4102
Willy Tarreau41a340d2008-01-22 12:25:31 +01004103 See also: "timeout check", "timeout queue", "timeout server", "contimeout",
4104 "timeout tarpit".
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004105
4106
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01004107timeout http-request <timeout>
4108 Set the maximum allowed time to wait for a complete HTTP request
4109 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
Willy Tarreaucd7afc02009-07-12 10:03:17 +02004110 yes | yes | yes | yes
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01004111 Arguments :
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004112 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01004113 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4114 as explained at the top of this document.
4115
4116 In order to offer DoS protection, it may be required to lower the maximum
4117 accepted time to receive a complete HTTP request without affecting the client
4118 timeout. This helps protecting against established connections on which
4119 nothing is sent. The client timeout cannot offer a good protection against
4120 this abuse because it is an inactivity timeout, which means that if the
4121 attacker sends one character every now and then, the timeout will not
4122 trigger. With the HTTP request timeout, no matter what speed the client
4123 types, the request will be aborted if it does not complete in time.
4124
4125 Note that this timeout only applies to the header part of the request, and
4126 not to any data. As soon as the empty line is received, this timeout is not
4127 used anymore.
4128
4129 Generally it is enough to set it to a few seconds, as most clients send the
4130 full request immediately upon connection. Add 3 or more seconds to cover TCP
4131 retransmits but that's all. Setting it to very low values (eg: 50 ms) will
4132 generally work on local networks as long as there are no packet losses. This
4133 will prevent people from sending bare HTTP requests using telnet.
4134
4135 If this parameter is not set, the client timeout still applies between each
Willy Tarreaucd7afc02009-07-12 10:03:17 +02004136 chunk of the incoming request. It should be set in the frontend to take
4137 effect, unless the frontend is in TCP mode, in which case the HTTP backend's
4138 timeout will be used.
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01004139
4140 See also : "timeout client".
4141
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004142
4143timeout queue <timeout>
4144 Set the maximum time to wait in the queue for a connection slot to be free
4145 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4146 yes | no | yes | yes
4147 Arguments :
4148 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
4149 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4150 as explained at the top of this document.
4151
4152 When a server's maxconn is reached, connections are left pending in a queue
4153 which may be server-specific or global to the backend. In order not to wait
4154 indefinitely, a timeout is applied to requests pending in the queue. If the
4155 timeout is reached, it is considered that the request will almost never be
4156 served, so it is dropped and a 503 error is returned to the client.
4157
4158 The "timeout queue" statement allows to fix the maximum time for a request to
4159 be left pending in a queue. If unspecified, the same value as the backend's
4160 connection timeout ("timeout connect") is used, for backwards compatibility
4161 with older versions with no "timeout queue" parameter.
4162
4163 See also : "timeout connect", "contimeout".
4164
4165
4166timeout server <timeout>
4167timeout srvtimeout <timeout> (deprecated)
4168 Set the maximum inactivity time on the server side.
4169 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4170 yes | no | yes | yes
4171 Arguments :
4172 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
4173 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4174 as explained at the top of this document.
4175
4176 The inactivity timeout applies when the server is expected to acknowledge or
4177 send data. In HTTP mode, this timeout is particularly important to consider
4178 during the first phase of the server's response, when it has to send the
4179 headers, as it directly represents the server's processing time for the
4180 request. To find out what value to put there, it's often good to start with
4181 what would be considered as unacceptable response times, then check the logs
4182 to observe the response time distribution, and adjust the value accordingly.
4183
4184 The value is specified in milliseconds by default, but can be in any other
4185 unit if the number is suffixed by the unit, as specified at the top of this
4186 document. In TCP mode (and to a lesser extent, in HTTP mode), it is highly
4187 recommended that the client timeout remains equal to the server timeout in
4188 order to avoid complex situations to debug. Whatever the expected server
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01004189 response times, it is a good practice to cover at least one or several TCP
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004190 packet losses by specifying timeouts that are slightly above multiples of 3
4191 seconds (eg: 4 or 5 seconds minimum).
4192
4193 This parameter is specific to backends, but can be specified once for all in
4194 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
4195 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
4196 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
4197 during startup because it may results in accumulation of expired sessions in
4198 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
4199
4200 This parameter replaces the old, deprecated "srvtimeout". It is recommended
4201 to use it to write new configurations. The form "timeout srvtimeout" is
4202 provided only by backwards compatibility but its use is strongly discouraged.
4203
4204 See also : "srvtimeout", "timeout client".
4205
4206
4207timeout tarpit <timeout>
4208 Set the duration for which tapitted connections will be maintained
4209 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4210 yes | yes | yes | yes
4211 Arguments :
4212 <timeout> is the tarpit duration specified in milliseconds by default, but
4213 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4214 as explained at the top of this document.
4215
4216 When a connection is tarpitted using "reqtarpit", it is maintained open with
4217 no activity for a certain amount of time, then closed. "timeout tarpit"
4218 defines how long it will be maintained open.
4219
4220 The value is specified in milliseconds by default, but can be in any other
4221 unit if the number is suffixed by the unit, as specified at the top of this
4222 document. If unspecified, the same value as the backend's connection timeout
4223 ("timeout connect") is used, for backwards compatibility with older versions
4224 with no "timeout tapit" parameter.
4225
4226 See also : "timeout connect", "contimeout".
4227
4228
4229transparent (deprecated)
4230 Enable client-side transparent proxying
4231 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
Willy Tarreau4b1f8592008-12-23 23:13:55 +01004232 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004233 Arguments : none
4234
4235 This keyword was introduced in order to provide layer 7 persistence to layer
4236 3 load balancers. The idea is to use the OS's ability to redirect an incoming
4237 connection for a remote address to a local process (here HAProxy), and let
4238 this process know what address was initially requested. When this option is
4239 used, sessions without cookies will be forwarded to the original destination
4240 IP address of the incoming request (which should match that of another
4241 equipment), while requests with cookies will still be forwarded to the
4242 appropriate server.
4243
4244 The "transparent" keyword is deprecated, use "option transparent" instead.
4245
4246 Note that contrary to a common belief, this option does NOT make HAProxy
4247 present the client's IP to the server when establishing the connection.
4248
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004249 See also: "option transparent"
4250
4251
4252use_backend <backend> if <condition>
4253use_backend <backend> unless <condition>
Willy Tarreau1d0dfb12009-07-07 15:10:31 +02004254 Switch to a specific backend if/unless an ACL-based condition is matched.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004255 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4256 no | yes | yes | no
4257 Arguments :
4258 <backend> is the name of a valid backend or "listen" section.
4259
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004260 <condition> is a condition composed of ACLs, as described in section 7.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004261
4262 When doing content-switching, connections arrive on a frontend and are then
4263 dispatched to various backends depending on a number of conditions. The
4264 relation between the conditions and the backends is described with the
Willy Tarreau1d0dfb12009-07-07 15:10:31 +02004265 "use_backend" keyword. While it is normally used with HTTP processing, it can
4266 also be used in pure TCP, either without content using stateless ACLs (eg:
4267 source address validation) or combined with a "tcp-request" rule to wait for
4268 some payload.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004269
4270 There may be as many "use_backend" rules as desired. All of these rules are
4271 evaluated in their declaration order, and the first one which matches will
4272 assign the backend.
4273
4274 In the first form, the backend will be used if the condition is met. In the
4275 second form, the backend will be used if the condition is not met. If no
4276 condition is valid, the backend defined with "default_backend" will be used.
4277 If no default backend is defined, either the servers in the same section are
4278 used (in case of a "listen" section) or, in case of a frontend, no server is
4279 used and a 503 service unavailable response is returned.
4280
Willy Tarreau51aecc72009-07-12 09:47:04 +02004281 Note that it is possible to switch from a TCP frontend to an HTTP backend. In
4282 this case, etiher the frontend has already checked that the protocol is HTTP,
4283 and backend processing will immediately follow, or the backend will wait for
4284 a complete HTTP request to get in. This feature is useful when a frontend
4285 must decode several protocols on a unique port, one of them being HTTP.
4286
Willy Tarreau1d0dfb12009-07-07 15:10:31 +02004287 See also: "default_backend", "tcp-request", and section 7 about ACLs.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004288
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01004289
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020042905. Server options
4291-----------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004292
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004293The "server" keyword supports a certain number of settings which are all passed
4294as arguments on the server line. The order in which those arguments appear does
4295not count, and they are all optional. Some of those settings are single words
4296(booleans) while others expect one or several values after them. In this case,
4297the values must immediately follow the setting name. All those settings must be
4298specified after the server's address if they are used :
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004299
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004300 server <name> <address>[:port] [settings ...]
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004301
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004302The currently supported settings are the following ones.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004303
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004304addr <ipv4>
4305 Using the "addr" parameter, it becomes possible to use a different IP address
4306 to send health-checks. On some servers, it may be desirable to dedicate an IP
4307 address to specific component able to perform complex tests which are more
4308 suitable to health-checks than the application. This parameter is ignored if
4309 the "check" parameter is not set. See also the "port" parameter.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004310
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004311backup
4312 When "backup" is present on a server line, the server is only used in load
4313 balancing when all other non-backup servers are unavailable. Requests coming
4314 with a persistence cookie referencing the server will always be served
4315 though. By default, only the first operational backup server is used, unless
4316 the "allbackups" option is set in the backend. See also the "allbackups"
4317 option.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004318
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004319check
4320 This option enables health checks on the server. By default, a server is
4321 always considered available. If "check" is set, the server will receive
4322 periodic health checks to ensure that it is really able to serve requests.
4323 The default address and port to send the tests to are those of the server,
4324 and the default source is the same as the one defined in the backend. It is
4325 possible to change the address using the "addr" parameter, the port using the
4326 "port" parameter, the source address using the "source" address, and the
4327 interval and timers using the "inter", "rise" and "fall" parameters. The
4328 request method is define in the backend using the "httpchk", "smtpchk",
4329 and "ssl-hello-chk" options. Please refer to those options and parameters for
4330 more information.
4331
4332cookie <value>
4333 The "cookie" parameter sets the cookie value assigned to the server to
4334 <value>. This value will be checked in incoming requests, and the first
4335 operational server possessing the same value will be selected. In return, in
4336 cookie insertion or rewrite modes, this value will be assigned to the cookie
4337 sent to the client. There is nothing wrong in having several servers sharing
4338 the same cookie value, and it is in fact somewhat common between normal and
4339 backup servers. See also the "cookie" keyword in backend section.
4340
4341fall <count>
4342 The "fall" parameter states that a server will be considered as dead after
4343 <count> consecutive unsuccessful health checks. This value defaults to 3 if
4344 unspecified. See also the "check", "inter" and "rise" parameters.
4345
4346id <value>
4347 Set a persistent value for server ID. Must be unique and larger than 1000, as
4348 smaller values are reserved for auto-assigned ids.
4349
4350inter <delay>
4351fastinter <delay>
4352downinter <delay>
4353 The "inter" parameter sets the interval between two consecutive health checks
4354 to <delay> milliseconds. If left unspecified, the delay defaults to 2000 ms.
4355 It is also possible to use "fastinter" and "downinter" to optimize delays
4356 between checks depending on the server state :
4357
4358 Server state | Interval used
4359 ---------------------------------+-----------------------------------------
4360 UP 100% (non-transitional) | "inter"
4361 ---------------------------------+-----------------------------------------
4362 Transitionally UP (going down), |
4363 Transitionally DOWN (going up), | "fastinter" if set, "inter" otherwise.
4364 or yet unchecked. |
4365 ---------------------------------+-----------------------------------------
4366 DOWN 100% (non-transitional) | "downinter" if set, "inter" otherwise.
4367 ---------------------------------+-----------------------------------------
4368
4369 Just as with every other time-based parameter, they can be entered in any
4370 other explicit unit among { us, ms, s, m, h, d }. The "inter" parameter also
4371 serves as a timeout for health checks sent to servers if "timeout check" is
4372 not set. In order to reduce "resonance" effects when multiple servers are
4373 hosted on the same hardware, the health-checks of all servers are started
4374 with a small time offset between them. It is also possible to add some random
4375 noise in the health checks interval using the global "spread-checks"
4376 keyword. This makes sense for instance when a lot of backends use the same
4377 servers.
4378
4379maxconn <maxconn>
4380 The "maxconn" parameter specifies the maximal number of concurrent
4381 connections that will be sent to this server. If the number of incoming
4382 concurrent requests goes higher than this value, they will be queued, waiting
4383 for a connection to be released. This parameter is very important as it can
4384 save fragile servers from going down under extreme loads. If a "minconn"
4385 parameter is specified, the limit becomes dynamic. The default value is "0"
4386 which means unlimited. See also the "minconn" and "maxqueue" parameters, and
4387 the backend's "fullconn" keyword.
4388
4389maxqueue <maxqueue>
4390 The "maxqueue" parameter specifies the maximal number of connections which
4391 will wait in the queue for this server. If this limit is reached, next
4392 requests will be redispatched to other servers instead of indefinitely
4393 waiting to be served. This will break persistence but may allow people to
4394 quickly re-log in when the server they try to connect to is dying. The
4395 default value is "0" which means the queue is unlimited. See also the
4396 "maxconn" and "minconn" parameters.
4397
4398minconn <minconn>
4399 When the "minconn" parameter is set, the maxconn limit becomes a dynamic
4400 limit following the backend's load. The server will always accept at least
4401 <minconn> connections, never more than <maxconn>, and the limit will be on
4402 the ramp between both values when the backend has less than <fullconn>
4403 concurrent connections. This makes it possible to limit the load on the
4404 server during normal loads, but push it further for important loads without
4405 overloading the server during exceptionnal loads. See also the "maxconn"
4406 and "maxqueue" parameters, as well as the "fullconn" backend keyword.
4407
4408port <port>
4409 Using the "port" parameter, it becomes possible to use a different port to
4410 send health-checks. On some servers, it may be desirable to dedicate a port
4411 to a specific component able to perform complex tests which are more suitable
4412 to health-checks than the application. It is common to run a simple script in
4413 inetd for instance. This parameter is ignored if the "check" parameter is not
4414 set. See also the "addr" parameter.
4415
4416redir <prefix>
4417 The "redir" parameter enables the redirection mode for all GET and HEAD
4418 requests addressing this server. This means that instead of having HAProxy
4419 forward the request to the server, it will send an "HTTP 302" response with
4420 the "Location" header composed of this prefix immediately followed by the
4421 requested URI beginning at the leading '/' of the path component. That means
4422 that no trailing slash should be used after <prefix>. All invalid requests
4423 will be rejected, and all non-GET or HEAD requests will be normally served by
4424 the server. Note that since the response is completely forged, no header
4425 mangling nor cookie insertion is possible in the respose. However, cookies in
4426 requests are still analysed, making this solution completely usable to direct
4427 users to a remote location in case of local disaster. Main use consists in
4428 increasing bandwidth for static servers by having the clients directly
4429 connect to them. Note: never use a relative location here, it would cause a
4430 loop between the client and HAProxy!
4431
4432 Example : server srv1 192.168.1.1:80 redir http://image1.mydomain.com check
4433
4434rise <count>
4435 The "rise" parameter states that a server will be considered as operational
4436 after <count> consecutive successful health checks. This value defaults to 2
4437 if unspecified. See also the "check", "inter" and "fall" parameters.
4438
4439slowstart <start_time_in_ms>
4440 The "slowstart" parameter for a server accepts a value in milliseconds which
4441 indicates after how long a server which has just come back up will run at
4442 full speed. Just as with every other time-based parameter, it can be entered
4443 in any other explicit unit among { us, ms, s, m, h, d }. The speed grows
4444 linearly from 0 to 100% during this time. The limitation applies to two
4445 parameters :
4446
4447 - maxconn: the number of connections accepted by the server will grow from 1
4448 to 100% of the usual dynamic limit defined by (minconn,maxconn,fullconn).
4449
4450 - weight: when the backend uses a dynamic weighted algorithm, the weight
4451 grows linearly from 1 to 100%. In this case, the weight is updated at every
4452 health-check. For this reason, it is important that the "inter" parameter
4453 is smaller than the "slowstart", in order to maximize the number of steps.
4454
4455 The slowstart never applies when haproxy starts, otherwise it would cause
4456 trouble to running servers. It only applies when a server has been previously
4457 seen as failed.
4458
Willy Tarreauc6f4ce82009-06-10 11:09:37 +02004459source <addr>[:<pl>[-<ph>]] [usesrc { <addr2>[:<port2>] | client | clientip } ]
4460source <addr>[:<pl>[-<ph>]] [interface <name>] ...
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004461 The "source" parameter sets the source address which will be used when
4462 connecting to the server. It follows the exact same parameters and principle
4463 as the backend "source" keyword, except that it only applies to the server
4464 referencing it. Please consult the "source" keyword for details.
4465
Willy Tarreauc6f4ce82009-06-10 11:09:37 +02004466 Additionally, the "source" statement on a server line allows one to specify a
4467 source port range by indicating the lower and higher bounds delimited by a
4468 dash ('-'). Some operating systems might require a valid IP address when a
4469 source port range is specified. It is permitted to have the same IP/range for
4470 several servers. Doing so makes it possible to bypass the maximum of 64k
4471 total concurrent connections. The limit will then reach 64k connections per
4472 server.
4473
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004474track [<proxy>/]<server>
4475 This option enables ability to set the current state of the server by
4476 tracking another one. Only a server with checks enabled can be tracked
4477 so it is not possible for example to track a server that tracks another
4478 one. If <proxy> is omitted the current one is used. If disable-on-404 is
4479 used, it has to be enabled on both proxies.
4480
4481weight <weight>
4482 The "weight" parameter is used to adjust the server's weight relative to
4483 other servers. All servers will receive a load proportional to their weight
4484 relative to the sum of all weights, so the higher the weight, the higher the
Willy Tarreau6704d672009-06-15 10:56:05 +02004485 load. The default weight is 1, and the maximal value is 256. A value of 0
4486 means the server will not participate in load-balancing but will still accept
4487 persistent connections. If this parameter is used to distribute the load
4488 according to server's capacity, it is recommended to start with values which
4489 can both grow and shrink, for instance between 10 and 100 to leave enough
4490 room above and below for later adjustments.
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004491
4492
44936. HTTP header manipulation
4494---------------------------
4495
4496In HTTP mode, it is possible to rewrite, add or delete some of the request and
4497response headers based on regular expressions. It is also possible to block a
4498request or a response if a particular header matches a regular expression,
4499which is enough to stop most elementary protocol attacks, and to protect
4500against information leak from the internal network. But there is a limitation
4501to this : since HAProxy's HTTP engine does not support keep-alive, only headers
4502passed during the first request of a TCP session will be seen. All subsequent
4503headers will be considered data only and not analyzed. Furthermore, HAProxy
4504never touches data contents, it stops analysis at the end of headers.
4505
4506This section covers common usage of the following keywords, described in detail
4507in section 4.2 :
4508
4509 - reqadd <string>
4510 - reqallow <search>
4511 - reqiallow <search>
4512 - reqdel <search>
4513 - reqidel <search>
4514 - reqdeny <search>
4515 - reqideny <search>
4516 - reqpass <search>
4517 - reqipass <search>
4518 - reqrep <search> <replace>
4519 - reqirep <search> <replace>
4520 - reqtarpit <search>
4521 - reqitarpit <search>
4522 - rspadd <string>
4523 - rspdel <search>
4524 - rspidel <search>
4525 - rspdeny <search>
4526 - rspideny <search>
4527 - rsprep <search> <replace>
4528 - rspirep <search> <replace>
4529
4530With all these keywords, the same conventions are used. The <search> parameter
4531is a POSIX extended regular expression (regex) which supports grouping through
4532parenthesis (without the backslash). Spaces and other delimiters must be
4533prefixed with a backslash ('\') to avoid confusion with a field delimiter.
4534Other characters may be prefixed with a backslash to change their meaning :
4535
4536 \t for a tab
4537 \r for a carriage return (CR)
4538 \n for a new line (LF)
4539 \ to mark a space and differentiate it from a delimiter
4540 \# to mark a sharp and differentiate it from a comment
4541 \\ to use a backslash in a regex
4542 \\\\ to use a backslash in the text (*2 for regex, *2 for haproxy)
4543 \xXX to write the ASCII hex code XX as in the C language
4544
4545The <replace> parameter contains the string to be used to replace the largest
4546portion of text matching the regex. It can make use of the special characters
4547above, and can reference a substring which is delimited by parenthesis in the
4548regex, by writing a backslash ('\') immediately followed by one digit from 0 to
45499 indicating the group position (0 designating the entire line). This practice
4550is very common to users of the "sed" program.
4551
4552The <string> parameter represents the string which will systematically be added
4553after the last header line. It can also use special character sequences above.
4554
4555Notes related to these keywords :
4556---------------------------------
4557 - these keywords are not always convenient to allow/deny based on header
4558 contents. It is strongly recommended to use ACLs with the "block" keyword
4559 instead, resulting in far more flexible and manageable rules.
4560
4561 - lines are always considered as a whole. It is not possible to reference
4562 a header name only or a value only. This is important because of the way
4563 headers are written (notably the number of spaces after the colon).
4564
4565 - the first line is always considered as a header, which makes it possible to
4566 rewrite or filter HTTP requests URIs or response codes, but in turn makes
4567 it harder to distinguish between headers and request line. The regex prefix
4568 ^[^\ \t]*[\ \t] matches any HTTP method followed by a space, and the prefix
4569 ^[^ \t:]*: matches any header name followed by a colon.
4570
4571 - for performances reasons, the number of characters added to a request or to
4572 a response is limited at build time to values between 1 and 4 kB. This
4573 should normally be far more than enough for most usages. If it is too short
4574 on occasional usages, it is possible to gain some space by removing some
4575 useless headers before adding new ones.
4576
4577 - keywords beginning with "reqi" and "rspi" are the same as their couterpart
4578 without the 'i' letter except that they ignore case when matching patterns.
4579
4580 - when a request passes through a frontend then a backend, all req* rules
4581 from the frontend will be evaluated, then all req* rules from the backend
4582 will be evaluated. The reverse path is applied to responses.
4583
4584 - req* statements are applied after "block" statements, so that "block" is
4585 always the first one, but before "use_backend" in order to permit rewriting
4586 before switching.
4587
4588
45897. Using ACLs
4590-------------
4591
4592The use of Access Control Lists (ACL) provides a flexible solution to perform
4593content switching and generally to take decisions based on content extracted
4594from the request, the response or any environmental status. The principle is
4595simple :
4596
4597 - define test criteria with sets of values
4598 - perform actions only if a set of tests is valid
4599
4600The actions generally consist in blocking the request, or selecting a backend.
4601
4602In order to define a test, the "acl" keyword is used. The syntax is :
4603
4604 acl <aclname> <criterion> [flags] [operator] <value> ...
4605
4606This creates a new ACL <aclname> or completes an existing one with new tests.
4607Those tests apply to the portion of request/response specified in <criterion>
4608and may be adjusted with optional flags [flags]. Some criteria also support
4609an operator which may be specified before the set of values. The values are
4610of the type supported by the criterion, and are separated by spaces.
4611
4612ACL names must be formed from upper and lower case letters, digits, '-' (dash),
4613'_' (underscore) , '.' (dot) and ':' (colon). ACL names are case-sensitive,
4614which means that "my_acl" and "My_Acl" are two different ACLs.
4615
4616There is no enforced limit to the number of ACLs. The unused ones do not affect
4617performance, they just consume a small amount of memory.
4618
4619The following ACL flags are currently supported :
4620
4621 -i : ignore case during matching.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004622 -- : force end of flags. Useful when a string looks like one of the flags.
4623
4624Supported types of values are :
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004625
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004626 - integers or integer ranges
4627 - strings
4628 - regular expressions
4629 - IP addresses and networks
4630
4631
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020046327.1. Matching integers
4633----------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004634
4635Matching integers is special in that ranges and operators are permitted. Note
4636that integer matching only applies to positive values. A range is a value
4637expressed with a lower and an upper bound separated with a colon, both of which
4638may be omitted.
4639
4640For instance, "1024:65535" is a valid range to represent a range of
4641unprivileged ports, and "1024:" would also work. "0:1023" is a valid
4642representation of privileged ports, and ":1023" would also work.
4643
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004644As a special case, some ACL functions support decimal numbers which are in fact
4645two integers separated by a dot. This is used with some version checks for
4646instance. All integer properties apply to those decimal numbers, including
4647ranges and operators.
4648
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004649For an easier usage, comparison operators are also supported. Note that using
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004650operators with ranges does not make much sense and is strongly discouraged.
4651Similarly, it does not make much sense to perform order comparisons with a set
4652of values.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004653
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004654Available operators for integer matching are :
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004655
4656 eq : true if the tested value equals at least one value
4657 ge : true if the tested value is greater than or equal to at least one value
4658 gt : true if the tested value is greater than at least one value
4659 le : true if the tested value is less than or equal to at least one value
4660 lt : true if the tested value is less than at least one value
4661
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004662For instance, the following ACL matches any negative Content-Length header :
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004663
4664 acl negative-length hdr_val(content-length) lt 0
4665
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004666This one matches SSL versions between 3.0 and 3.1 (inclusive) :
4667
4668 acl sslv3 req_ssl_ver 3:3.1
4669
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004670
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020046717.2. Matching strings
4672---------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004673
4674String matching applies to verbatim strings as they are passed, with the
4675exception of the backslash ("\") which makes it possible to escape some
4676characters such as the space. If the "-i" flag is passed before the first
4677string, then the matching will be performed ignoring the case. In order
4678to match the string "-i", either set it second, or pass the "--" flag
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004679before the first string. Same applies of course to match the string "--".
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004680
4681
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020046827.3. Matching regular expressions (regexes)
4683-------------------------------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004684
4685Just like with string matching, regex matching applies to verbatim strings as
4686they are passed, with the exception of the backslash ("\") which makes it
4687possible to escape some characters such as the space. If the "-i" flag is
4688passed before the first regex, then the matching will be performed ignoring
4689the case. In order to match the string "-i", either set it second, or pass
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004690the "--" flag before the first string. Same principle applies of course to
4691match the string "--".
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004692
4693
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020046947.4. Matching IPv4 addresses
4695----------------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004696
4697IPv4 addresses values can be specified either as plain addresses or with a
4698netmask appended, in which case the IPv4 address matches whenever it is
4699within the network. Plain addresses may also be replaced with a resolvable
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01004700host name, but this practice is generally discouraged as it makes it more
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004701difficult to read and debug configurations. If hostnames are used, you should
4702at least ensure that they are present in /etc/hosts so that the configuration
4703does not depend on any random DNS match at the moment the configuration is
4704parsed.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004705
4706
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020047077.5. Available matching criteria
4708--------------------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004709
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020047107.5.1. Matching at Layer 4 and below
4711------------------------------------
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004712
4713A first set of criteria applies to information which does not require any
4714analysis of the request or response contents. Those generally include TCP/IP
4715addresses and ports, as well as internal values independant on the stream.
4716
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004717always_false
4718 This one never matches. All values and flags are ignored. It may be used as
4719 a temporary replacement for another one when adjusting configurations.
4720
4721always_true
4722 This one always matches. All values and flags are ignored. It may be used as
4723 a temporary replacement for another one when adjusting configurations.
4724
4725src <ip_address>
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004726 Applies to the client's IPv4 address. It is usually used to limit access to
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004727 certain resources such as statistics. Note that it is the TCP-level source
4728 address which is used, and not the address of a client behind a proxy.
4729
4730src_port <integer>
4731 Applies to the client's TCP source port. This has a very limited usage.
4732
4733dst <ip_address>
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004734 Applies to the local IPv4 address the client connected to. It can be used to
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004735 switch to a different backend for some alternative addresses.
4736
4737dst_port <integer>
4738 Applies to the local port the client connected to. It can be used to switch
4739 to a different backend for some alternative ports.
4740
4741dst_conn <integer>
4742 Applies to the number of currently established connections on the frontend,
4743 including the one being evaluated. It can be used to either return a sorry
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004744 page before hard-blocking, or to use a specific backend to drain new requests
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004745 when the farm is considered saturated.
4746
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004747nbsrv <integer>
4748nbsrv(backend) <integer>
4749 Returns true when the number of usable servers of either the current backend
4750 or the named backend matches the values or ranges specified. This is used to
4751 switch to an alternate backend when the number of servers is too low to
4752 to handle some load. It is useful to report a failure when combined with
4753 "monitor fail".
4754
Jeffrey 'jf' Lim5051d7b2008-09-04 01:03:03 +08004755connslots <integer>
4756connslots(backend) <integer>
4757 The basic idea here is to be able to measure the number of connection "slots"
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02004758 still available (connection + queue), so that anything beyond that (intended
Jeffrey 'jf' Lim5051d7b2008-09-04 01:03:03 +08004759 usage; see "use_backend" keyword) can be redirected to a different backend.
4760
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02004761 'connslots' = number of available server connection slots, + number of
4762 available server queue slots.
Jeffrey 'jf' Lim5051d7b2008-09-04 01:03:03 +08004763
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02004764 Note that while "dst_conn" may be used, "connslots" comes in especially
4765 useful when you have a case of traffic going to one single ip, splitting into
4766 multiple backends (perhaps using acls to do name-based load balancing) and
4767 you want to be able to differentiate between different backends, and their
4768 available "connslots". Also, whereas "nbsrv" only measures servers that are
4769 actually *down*, this acl is more fine-grained and looks into the number of
4770 available connection slots as well.
Jeffrey 'jf' Lim5051d7b2008-09-04 01:03:03 +08004771
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02004772 OTHER CAVEATS AND NOTES: at this point in time, the code does not take care
4773 of dynamic connections. Also, if any of the server maxconn, or maxqueue is 0,
4774 then this acl clearly does not make sense, in which case the value returned
4775 will be -1.
Jeffrey 'jf' Lim5051d7b2008-09-04 01:03:03 +08004776
Willy Tarreau079ff0a2009-03-05 21:34:28 +01004777fe_sess_rate <integer>
4778fe_sess_rate(frontend) <integer>
4779 Returns true when the session creation rate on the current or the named
4780 frontend matches the specified values or ranges, expressed in new sessions
4781 per second. This is used to limit the connection rate to acceptable ranges in
4782 order to prevent abuse of service at the earliest moment. This can be
4783 combined with layer 4 ACLs in order to force the clients to wait a bit for
4784 the rate to go down below the limit.
4785
4786 Example :
4787 # This frontend limits incoming mails to 10/s with a max of 100
4788 # concurrent connections. We accept any connection below 10/s, and
4789 # force excess clients to wait for 100 ms. Since clients are limited to
4790 # 100 max, there cannot be more than 10 incoming mails per second.
4791 frontend mail
4792 bind :25
4793 mode tcp
4794 maxconn 100
4795 acl too_fast fe_sess_rate ge 10
4796 tcp-request inspect-delay 100ms
4797 tcp-request content accept if ! too_fast
4798 tcp-request content accept if WAIT_END
4799
4800be_sess_rate <integer>
4801be_sess_rate(backend) <integer>
4802 Returns true when the sessions creation rate on the backend matches the
4803 specified values or ranges, in number of new sessions per second. This is
4804 used to switch to an alternate backend when an expensive or fragile one
4805 reaches too high a session rate, or to limite abuse of service (eg. prevent
4806 sucking of an online dictionary).
4807
4808 Example :
4809 # Redirect to an error page if the dictionary is requested too often
4810 backend dynamic
4811 mode http
4812 acl being_scanned be_sess_rate gt 100
4813 redirect location /denied.html if being_scanned
4814
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004815
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020048167.5.2. Matching contents at Layer 4
4817-----------------------------------
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004818
4819A second set of criteria depends on data found in buffers, but which can change
4820during analysis. This requires that some data has been buffered, for instance
4821through TCP request content inspection. Please see the "tcp-request" keyword
4822for more detailed information on the subject.
4823
4824req_len <integer>
Emeric Brunbede3d02009-06-30 17:54:00 +02004825 Returns true when the length of the data in the request buffer matches the
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004826 specified range. It is important to understand that this test does not
4827 return false as long as the buffer is changing. This means that a check with
4828 equality to zero will almost always immediately match at the beginning of the
4829 session, while a test for more data will wait for that data to come in and
4830 return false only when haproxy is certain that no more data will come in.
4831 This test was designed to be used with TCP request content inspection.
4832
Willy Tarreau2492d5b2009-07-11 00:06:00 +02004833req_proto_http
4834 Returns true when data in the request buffer look like HTTP and correctly
4835 parses as such. It is the same parser as the common HTTP request parser which
4836 is used so there should be no surprizes. This test can be used for instance
4837 to direct HTTP traffic to a given port and HTTPS traffic to another one
4838 using TCP request content inspection rules.
4839
Emeric Brunbede3d02009-06-30 17:54:00 +02004840req_rdp_cookie <string>
4841req_rdp_cookie(name) <string>
4842 Returns true when data in the request buffer look like the RDP protocol, and
4843 a cookie is present and equal to <string>. By default, any cookie name is
4844 checked, but a specific cookie name can be specified in parenthesis. The
4845 parser only checks for the first cookie, as illustrated in the RDP protocol
4846 specification. The cookie name is case insensitive. This ACL can be useful
4847 with the "MSTS" cookie, as it can contain the user name of the client
4848 connecting to the server if properly configured on the client. This can be
4849 used to restrict access to certain servers to certain users.
4850
4851req_rdp_cookie_cnt <integer>
4852req_rdp_cookie_cnt(name) <integer>
4853 Returns true when the data in the request buffer look like the RDP protocol
4854 and the number of RDP cookies matches the specified range (typically zero or
4855 one). Optionally a specific cookie name can be checked. This is a simple way
4856 of detecting the RDP protocol, as clients generally send the MSTS or MSTSHASH
4857 cookies.
4858
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004859req_ssl_ver <decimal>
4860 Returns true when data in the request buffer look like SSL, with a protocol
4861 version matching the specified range. Both SSLv2 hello messages and SSLv3
4862 messages are supported. The test tries to be strict enough to avoid being
4863 easily fooled. In particular, it waits for as many bytes as announced in the
4864 message header if this header looks valid (bound to the buffer size). Note
4865 that TLSv1 is announced as SSL version 3.1. This test was designed to be used
4866 with TCP request content inspection.
4867
Willy Tarreaub6fb4202008-07-20 11:18:28 +02004868wait_end
4869 Waits for the end of the analysis period to return true. This may be used in
4870 conjunction with content analysis to avoid returning a wrong verdict early.
4871 It may also be used to delay some actions, such as a delayed reject for some
4872 special addresses. Since it either stops the rules evaluation or immediately
4873 returns true, it is recommended to use this acl as the last one in a rule.
4874 Please note that the default ACL "WAIT_END" is always usable without prior
4875 declaration. This test was designed to be used with TCP request content
4876 inspection.
4877
4878 Examples :
4879 # delay every incoming request by 2 seconds
4880 tcp-request inspect-delay 2s
4881 tcp-request content accept if WAIT_END
4882
4883 # don't immediately tell bad guys they are rejected
4884 tcp-request inspect-delay 10s
4885 acl goodguys src 10.0.0.0/24
4886 acl badguys src 10.0.1.0/24
4887 tcp-request content accept if goodguys
4888 tcp-request content reject if badguys WAIT_END
4889 tcp-request content reject
4890
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004891
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020048927.5.3. Matching at Layer 7
4893--------------------------
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004894
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004895A third set of criteria applies to information which can be found at the
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004896application layer (layer 7). Those require that a full HTTP request has been
4897read, and are only evaluated then. They may require slightly more CPU resources
4898than the layer 4 ones, but not much since the request and response are indexed.
4899
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004900method <string>
4901 Applies to the method in the HTTP request, eg: "GET". Some predefined ACL
4902 already check for most common methods.
4903
4904req_ver <string>
4905 Applies to the version string in the HTTP request, eg: "1.0". Some predefined
4906 ACL already check for versions 1.0 and 1.1.
4907
4908path <string>
4909 Returns true when the path part of the request, which starts at the first
4910 slash and ends before the question mark, equals one of the strings. It may be
4911 used to match known files, such as /favicon.ico.
4912
4913path_beg <string>
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004914 Returns true when the path begins with one of the strings. This can be used
4915 to send certain directory names to alternative backends.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004916
4917path_end <string>
4918 Returns true when the path ends with one of the strings. This may be used to
4919 control file name extension.
4920
4921path_sub <string>
4922 Returns true when the path contains one of the strings. It can be used to
4923 detect particular patterns in paths, such as "../" for example. See also
4924 "path_dir".
4925
4926path_dir <string>
4927 Returns true when one of the strings is found isolated or delimited with
4928 slashes in the path. This is used to perform filename or directory name
4929 matching without the risk of wrong match due to colliding prefixes. See also
4930 "url_dir" and "path_sub".
4931
4932path_dom <string>
4933 Returns true when one of the strings is found isolated or delimited with dots
4934 in the path. This may be used to perform domain name matching in proxy
4935 requests. See also "path_sub" and "url_dom".
4936
4937path_reg <regex>
4938 Returns true when the path matches one of the regular expressions. It can be
4939 used any time, but it is important to remember that regex matching is slower
4940 than other methods. See also "url_reg" and all "path_" criteria.
4941
4942url <string>
4943 Applies to the whole URL passed in the request. The only real use is to match
4944 "*", for which there already is a predefined ACL.
4945
4946url_beg <string>
4947 Returns true when the URL begins with one of the strings. This can be used to
4948 check whether a URL begins with a slash or with a protocol scheme.
4949
4950url_end <string>
4951 Returns true when the URL ends with one of the strings. It has very limited
4952 use. "path_end" should be used instead for filename matching.
4953
4954url_sub <string>
4955 Returns true when the URL contains one of the strings. It can be used to
4956 detect particular patterns in query strings for example. See also "path_sub".
4957
4958url_dir <string>
4959 Returns true when one of the strings is found isolated or delimited with
4960 slashes in the URL. This is used to perform filename or directory name
4961 matching without the risk of wrong match due to colliding prefixes. See also
4962 "path_dir" and "url_sub".
4963
4964url_dom <string>
4965 Returns true when one of the strings is found isolated or delimited with dots
4966 in the URL. This is used to perform domain name matching without the risk of
4967 wrong match due to colliding prefixes. See also "url_sub".
4968
4969url_reg <regex>
4970 Returns true when the URL matches one of the regular expressions. It can be
4971 used any time, but it is important to remember that regex matching is slower
4972 than other methods. See also "path_reg" and all "url_" criteria.
4973
Alexandre Cassen5eb1a902007-11-29 15:43:32 +01004974url_ip <ip_address>
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004975 Applies to the IP address specified in the absolute URI in an HTTP request.
4976 It can be used to prevent access to certain resources such as local network.
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01004977 It is useful with option "http_proxy".
Alexandre Cassen5eb1a902007-11-29 15:43:32 +01004978
4979url_port <integer>
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004980 Applies to the port specified in the absolute URI in an HTTP request. It can
4981 be used to prevent access to certain resources. It is useful with option
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01004982 "http_proxy". Note that if the port is not specified in the request, port 80
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004983 is assumed.
Alexandre Cassen5eb1a902007-11-29 15:43:32 +01004984
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004985hdr <string>
4986hdr(header) <string>
4987 Note: all the "hdr*" matching criteria either apply to all headers, or to a
4988 particular header whose name is passed between parenthesis and without any
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004989 space. The header name is not case-sensitive. The header matching complies
4990 with RFC2616, and treats as separate headers all values delimited by commas.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004991
4992 The "hdr" criteria returns true if any of the headers matching the criteria
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004993 match any of the strings. This can be used to check exact for values. For
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004994 instance, checking that "connection: close" is set :
4995
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004996 hdr(Connection) -i close
Willy Tarreau21d2af32008-02-14 20:25:24 +01004997
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004998hdr_beg <string>
4999hdr_beg(header) <string>
5000 Returns true when one of the headers begins with one of the strings. See
5001 "hdr" for more information on header matching.
Willy Tarreau21d2af32008-02-14 20:25:24 +01005002
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005003hdr_end <string>
5004hdr_end(header) <string>
5005 Returns true when one of the headers ends with one of the strings. See "hdr"
5006 for more information on header matching.
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01005007
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005008hdr_sub <string>
5009hdr_sub(header) <string>
5010 Returns true when one of the headers contains one of the strings. See "hdr"
5011 for more information on header matching.
Willy Tarreau5764b382007-11-30 17:46:49 +01005012
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005013hdr_dir <string>
5014hdr_dir(header) <string>
5015 Returns true when one of the headers contains one of the strings either
5016 isolated or delimited by slashes. This is used to perform filename or
5017 directory name matching, and may be used with Referer. See "hdr" for more
5018 information on header matching.
Willy Tarreau5764b382007-11-30 17:46:49 +01005019
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005020hdr_dom <string>
5021hdr_dom(header) <string>
5022 Returns true when one of the headers contains one of the strings either
5023 isolated or delimited by dots. This is used to perform domain name matching,
5024 and may be used with the Host header. See "hdr" for more information on
5025 header matching.
Willy Tarreau5764b382007-11-30 17:46:49 +01005026
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005027hdr_reg <regex>
5028hdr_reg(header) <regex>
5029 Returns true when one of the headers matches of the regular expressions. It
5030 can be used at any time, but it is important to remember that regex matching
5031 is slower than other methods. See also other "hdr_" criteria, as well as
5032 "hdr" for more information on header matching.
Willy Tarreau5764b382007-11-30 17:46:49 +01005033
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005034hdr_val <integer>
5035hdr_val(header) <integer>
5036 Returns true when one of the headers starts with a number which matches the
5037 values or ranges specified. This may be used to limit content-length to
5038 acceptable values for example. See "hdr" for more information on header
5039 matching.
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01005040
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005041hdr_cnt <integer>
5042hdr_cnt(header) <integer>
5043 Returns true when the number of occurrence of the specified header matches
5044 the values or ranges specified. It is important to remember that one header
5045 line may count as several headers if it has several values. This is used to
5046 detect presence, absence or abuse of a specific header, as well as to block
5047 request smugling attacks by rejecting requests which contain more than one
5048 of certain headers. See "hdr" for more information on header matching.
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic8b16fc2008-02-18 01:26:35 +01005049
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01005050
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020050517.6. Pre-defined ACLs
5052---------------------
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005053
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005054Some predefined ACLs are hard-coded so that they do not have to be declared in
5055every frontend which needs them. They all have their names in upper case in
5056order to avoid confusion. Their equivalence is provided below. Please note that
5057only the first three ones are not layer 7 based.
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005058
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005059ACL name Equivalent to Usage
5060---------------+-----------------------------+---------------------------------
5061TRUE always_true always match
5062FALSE always_false never match
5063LOCALHOST src 127.0.0.1/8 match connection from local host
Willy Tarreau2492d5b2009-07-11 00:06:00 +02005064HTTP req_proto_http match if protocol is valid HTTP
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005065HTTP_1.0 req_ver 1.0 match HTTP version 1.0
5066HTTP_1.1 req_ver 1.1 match HTTP version 1.1
5067METH_CONNECT method CONNECT match HTTP CONNECT method
5068METH_GET method GET HEAD match HTTP GET or HEAD method
5069METH_HEAD method HEAD match HTTP HEAD method
5070METH_OPTIONS method OPTIONS match HTTP OPTIONS method
5071METH_POST method POST match HTTP POST method
5072METH_TRACE method TRACE match HTTP TRACE method
5073HTTP_URL_ABS url_reg ^[^/:]*:// match absolute URL with scheme
5074HTTP_URL_SLASH url_beg / match URL begining with "/"
5075HTTP_URL_STAR url * match URL equal to "*"
5076HTTP_CONTENT hdr_val(content-length) gt 0 match an existing content-length
Emeric Brunbede3d02009-06-30 17:54:00 +02005077RDP_COOKIE req_rdp_cookie_cnt gt 0 match presence of an RDP cookie
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005078REQ_CONTENT req_len gt 0 match data in the request buffer
5079WAIT_END wait_end wait for end of content analysis
5080---------------+-----------------------------+---------------------------------
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005081
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005082
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020050837.7. Using ACLs to form conditions
5084----------------------------------
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005085
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005086Some actions are only performed upon a valid condition. A condition is a
5087combination of ACLs with operators. 3 operators are supported :
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005088
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005089 - AND (implicit)
5090 - OR (explicit with the "or" keyword or the "||" operator)
5091 - Negation with the exclamation mark ("!")
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005092
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005093A condition is formed as a disjonctive form :
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005094
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005095 [!]acl1 [!]acl2 ... [!]acln { or [!]acl1 [!]acl2 ... [!]acln } ...
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005096
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005097Such conditions are generally used after an "if" or "unless" statement,
5098indicating when the condition will trigger the action.
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005099
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005100For instance, to block HTTP requests to the "*" URL with methods other than
5101"OPTIONS", as well as POST requests without content-length, and GET or HEAD
5102requests with a content-length greater than 0, and finally every request which
5103is not either GET/HEAD/POST/OPTIONS !
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005104
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005105 acl missing_cl hdr_cnt(Content-length) eq 0
5106 block if HTTP_URL_STAR !METH_OPTIONS || METH_POST missing_cl
5107 block if METH_GET HTTP_CONTENT
5108 block unless METH_GET or METH_POST or METH_OPTIONS
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005109
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005110To select a different backend for requests to static contents on the "www" site
5111and to every request on the "img", "video", "download" and "ftp" hosts :
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005112
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005113 acl url_static path_beg /static /images /img /css
5114 acl url_static path_end .gif .png .jpg .css .js
5115 acl host_www hdr_beg(host) -i www
5116 acl host_static hdr_beg(host) -i img. video. download. ftp.
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005117
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005118 # now use backend "static" for all static-only hosts, and for static urls
5119 # of host "www". Use backend "www" for the rest.
5120 use_backend static if host_static or host_www url_static
5121 use_backend www if host_www
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005122
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005123See section 4.2 for detailed help on the "block" and "use_backend" keywords.
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005124
Willy Tarreau5764b382007-11-30 17:46:49 +01005125
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020051268. Logging
5127----------
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01005128
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005129One of HAProxy's strong points certainly lies is its precise logs. It probably
5130provides the finest level of information available for such a product, which is
5131very important for troubleshooting complex environments. Standard information
5132provided in logs include client ports, TCP/HTTP state timers, precise session
5133state at termination and precise termination cause, information about decisions
5134to direct trafic to a server, and of course the ability to capture arbitrary
5135headers.
5136
5137In order to improve administrators reactivity, it offers a great transparency
5138about encountered problems, both internal and external, and it is possible to
5139send logs to different sources at the same time with different level filters :
5140
5141 - global process-level logs (system errors, start/stop, etc..)
5142 - per-instance system and internal errors (lack of resource, bugs, ...)
5143 - per-instance external troubles (servers up/down, max connections)
5144 - per-instance activity (client connections), either at the establishment or
5145 at the termination.
5146
5147The ability to distribute different levels of logs to different log servers
5148allow several production teams to interact and to fix their problems as soon
5149as possible. For example, the system team might monitor system-wide errors,
5150while the application team might be monitoring the up/down for their servers in
5151real time, and the security team might analyze the activity logs with one hour
5152delay.
5153
5154
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020051558.1. Log levels
5156---------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005157
5158TCP and HTTP connections can be logged with informations such as date, time,
5159source IP address, destination address, connection duration, response times,
5160HTTP request, the HTTP return code, number of bytes transmitted, the conditions
5161in which the session ended, and even exchanged cookies values, to track a
5162particular user's problems for example. All messages are sent to up to two
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005163syslog servers. Check the "log" keyword in section 4.2 for more info about log
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005164facilities.
5165
5166
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020051678.2. Log formats
5168----------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005169
5170HAProxy supports 3 log formats. Several fields are common between these formats
5171and will be detailed in the next sections. A few of them may slightly vary with
5172the configuration, due to indicators specific to certain options. The supported
5173formats are the following ones :
5174
5175 - the default format, which is very basic and very rarely used. It only
5176 provides very basic information about the incoming connection at the moment
5177 it is accepted : source IP:port, destination IP:port, and frontend-name.
5178 This mode will eventually disappear so it will not be described to great
5179 extents.
5180
5181 - the TCP format, which is more advanced. This format is enabled when "option
5182 tcplog" is set on the frontend. HAProxy will then usually wait for the
5183 connection to terminate before logging. This format provides much richer
5184 information, such as timers, connection counts, queue size, etc... This
5185 format is recommended for pure TCP proxies.
5186
5187 - the HTTP format, which is the most advanced for HTTP proxying. This format
5188 is enabled when "option httplog" is set on the frontend. It provides the
5189 same information as the TCP format with some HTTP-specific fields such as
5190 the request, the status code, and captures of headers and cookies. This
5191 format is recommended for HTTP proxies.
5192
5193Next sections will go deeper into details for each of these formats. Format
5194specification will be performed on a "field" basis. Unless stated otherwise, a
5195field is a portion of text delimited by any number of spaces. Since syslog
5196servers are susceptible of inserting fields at the beginning of a line, it is
5197always assumed that the first field is the one containing the process name and
5198identifier.
5199
5200Note : Since log lines may be quite long, the log examples in sections below
5201 might be broken into multiple lines. The example log lines will be
5202 prefixed with 3 closing angle brackets ('>>>') and each time a log is
5203 broken into multiple lines, each non-final line will end with a
5204 backslash ('\') and the next line will start indented by two characters.
5205
5206
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020052078.2.1. Default log format
5208-------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005209
5210This format is used when no specific option is set. The log is emitted as soon
5211as the connection is accepted. One should note that this currently is the only
5212format which logs the request's destination IP and ports.
5213
5214 Example :
5215 listen www
5216 mode http
5217 log global
5218 server srv1 127.0.0.1:8000
5219
5220 >>> Feb 6 12:12:09 localhost \
5221 haproxy[14385]: Connect from 10.0.1.2:33312 to 10.0.3.31:8012 \
5222 (www/HTTP)
5223
5224 Field Format Extract from the example above
5225 1 process_name '[' pid ']:' haproxy[14385]:
5226 2 'Connect from' Connect from
5227 3 source_ip ':' source_port 10.0.1.2:33312
5228 4 'to' to
5229 5 destination_ip ':' destination_port 10.0.3.31:8012
5230 6 '(' frontend_name '/' mode ')' (www/HTTP)
5231
5232Detailed fields description :
5233 - "source_ip" is the IP address of the client which initiated the connection.
5234 - "source_port" is the TCP port of the client which initiated the connection.
5235 - "destination_ip" is the IP address the client connected to.
5236 - "destination_port" is the TCP port the client connected to.
5237 - "frontend_name" is the name of the frontend (or listener) which received
5238 and processed the connection.
5239 - "mode is the mode the frontend is operating (TCP or HTTP).
5240
5241It is advised not to use this deprecated format for newer installations as it
5242will eventually disappear.
5243
5244
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020052458.2.2. TCP log format
5246---------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005247
5248The TCP format is used when "option tcplog" is specified in the frontend, and
5249is the recommended format for pure TCP proxies. It provides a lot of precious
5250information for troubleshooting. Since this format includes timers and byte
5251counts, the log is normally emitted at the end of the session. It can be
5252emitted earlier if "option logasap" is specified, which makes sense in most
5253environments with long sessions such as remote terminals. Sessions which match
5254the "monitor" rules are never logged. It is also possible not to emit logs for
5255sessions for which no data were exchanged between the client and the server, by
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02005256specifying "option dontlognull" in the frontend. Successful connections will
5257not be logged if "option dontlog-normal" is specified in the frontend. A few
5258fields may slightly vary depending on some configuration options, those are
5259marked with a star ('*') after the field name below.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005260
5261 Example :
5262 frontend fnt
5263 mode tcp
5264 option tcplog
5265 log global
5266 default_backend bck
5267
5268 backend bck
5269 server srv1 127.0.0.1:8000
5270
5271 >>> Feb 6 12:12:56 localhost \
5272 haproxy[14387]: 10.0.1.2:33313 [06/Feb/2009:12:12:51.443] fnt \
5273 bck/srv1 0/0/5007 212 -- 0/0/0/0/3 0/0
5274
5275 Field Format Extract from the example above
5276 1 process_name '[' pid ']:' haproxy[14387]:
5277 2 client_ip ':' client_port 10.0.1.2:33313
5278 3 '[' accept_date ']' [06/Feb/2009:12:12:51.443]
5279 4 frontend_name fnt
5280 5 backend_name '/' server_name bck/srv1
5281 6 Tw '/' Tc '/' Tt* 0/0/5007
5282 7 bytes_read* 212
5283 8 termination_state --
5284 9 actconn '/' feconn '/' beconn '/' srv_conn '/' retries* 0/0/0/0/3
5285 10 srv_queue '/' backend_queue 0/0
5286
5287Detailed fields description :
5288 - "client_ip" is the IP address of the client which initiated the TCP
5289 connection to haproxy.
5290
5291 - "client_port" is the TCP port of the client which initiated the connection.
5292
5293 - "accept_date" is the exact date when the connection was received by haproxy
5294 (which might be very slightly different from the date observed on the
5295 network if there was some queuing in the system's backlog). This is usually
5296 the same date which may appear in any upstream firewall's log.
5297
5298 - "frontend_name" is the name of the frontend (or listener) which received
5299 and processed the connection.
5300
5301 - "backend_name" is the name of the backend (or listener) which was selected
5302 to manage the connection to the server. This will be the same as the
5303 frontend if no switching rule has been applied, which is common for TCP
5304 applications.
5305
5306 - "server_name" is the name of the last server to which the connection was
5307 sent, which might differ from the first one if there were connection errors
5308 and a redispatch occurred. Note that this server belongs to the backend
5309 which processed the request. If the connection was aborted before reaching
5310 a server, "<NOSRV>" is indicated instead of a server name.
5311
5312 - "Tw" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting in the various queues.
5313 It can be "-1" if the connection was aborted before reaching the queue.
5314 See "Timers" below for more details.
5315
5316 - "Tc" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting for the connection to
5317 establish to the final server, including retries. It can be "-1" if the
5318 connection was aborted before a connection could be established. See
5319 "Timers" below for more details.
5320
5321 - "Tt" is the total time in milliseconds elapsed between the accept and the
5322 last close. It covers all possible processings. There is one exception, if
5323 "option logasap" was specified, then the time counting stops at the moment
5324 the log is emitted. In this case, a '+' sign is prepended before the value,
5325 indicating that the final one will be larger. See "Timers" below for more
5326 details.
5327
5328 - "bytes_read" is the total number of bytes transmitted from the server to
5329 the client when the log is emitted. If "option logasap" is specified, the
5330 this value will be prefixed with a '+' sign indicating that the final one
5331 may be larger. Please note that this value is a 64-bit counter, so log
5332 analysis tools must be able to handle it without overflowing.
5333
5334 - "termination_state" is the condition the session was in when the session
5335 ended. This indicates the session state, which side caused the end of
5336 session to happen, and for what reason (timeout, error, ...). The normal
5337 flags should be "--", indicating the session was closed by either end with
5338 no data remaining in buffers. See below "Session state at disconnection"
5339 for more details.
5340
5341 - "actconn" is the total number of concurrent connections on the process when
5342 the session was logged. It it useful to detect when some per-process system
5343 limits have been reached. For instance, if actconn is close to 512 when
5344 multiple connection errors occur, chances are high that the system limits
5345 the process to use a maximum of 1024 file descriptors and that all of them
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005346 are used. See section 3 "Global parameters" to find how to tune the system.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005347
5348 - "feconn" is the total number of concurrent connections on the frontend when
5349 the session was logged. It is useful to estimate the amount of resource
5350 required to sustain high loads, and to detect when the frontend's "maxconn"
5351 has been reached. Most often when this value increases by huge jumps, it is
5352 because there is congestion on the backend servers, but sometimes it can be
5353 caused by a denial of service attack.
5354
5355 - "beconn" is the total number of concurrent connections handled by the
5356 backend when the session was logged. It includes the total number of
5357 concurrent connections active on servers as well as the number of
5358 connections pending in queues. It is useful to estimate the amount of
5359 additional servers needed to support high loads for a given application.
5360 Most often when this value increases by huge jumps, it is because there is
5361 congestion on the backend servers, but sometimes it can be caused by a
5362 denial of service attack.
5363
5364 - "srv_conn" is the total number of concurrent connections still active on
5365 the server when the session was logged. It can never exceed the server's
5366 configured "maxconn" parameter. If this value is very often close or equal
5367 to the server's "maxconn", it means that traffic regulation is involved a
5368 lot, meaning that either the server's maxconn value is too low, or that
5369 there aren't enough servers to process the load with an optimal response
5370 time. When only one of the server's "srv_conn" is high, it usually means
5371 that this server has some trouble causing the connections to take longer to
5372 be processed than on other servers.
5373
5374 - "retries" is the number of connection retries experienced by this session
5375 when trying to connect to the server. It must normally be zero, unless a
5376 server is being stopped at the same moment the connection was attempted.
5377 Frequent retries generally indicate either a network problem between
5378 haproxy and the server, or a misconfigured system backlog on the server
5379 preventing new connections from being queued. This field may optionally be
5380 prefixed with a '+' sign, indicating that the session has experienced a
5381 redispatch after the maximal retry count has been reached on the initial
5382 server. In this case, the server name appearing in the log is the one the
5383 connection was redispatched to, and not the first one, though both may
5384 sometimes be the same in case of hashing for instance. So as a general rule
5385 of thumb, when a '+' is present in front of the retry count, this count
5386 should not be attributed to the logged server.
5387
5388 - "srv_queue" is the total number of requests which were processed before
5389 this one in the server queue. It is zero when the request has not gone
5390 through the server queue. It makes it possible to estimate the approximate
5391 server's response time by dividing the time spent in queue by the number of
5392 requests in the queue. It is worth noting that if a session experiences a
5393 redispatch and passes through two server queues, their positions will be
5394 cumulated. A request should not pass through both the server queue and the
5395 backend queue unless a redispatch occurs.
5396
5397 - "backend_queue" is the total number of requests which were processed before
5398 this one in the backend's global queue. It is zero when the request has not
5399 gone through the global queue. It makes it possible to estimate the average
5400 queue length, which easily translates into a number of missing servers when
5401 divided by a server's "maxconn" parameter. It is worth noting that if a
5402 session experiences a redispatch, it may pass twice in the backend's queue,
5403 and then both positions will be cumulated. A request should not pass
5404 through both the server queue and the backend queue unless a redispatch
5405 occurs.
5406
5407
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020054088.2.3. HTTP log format
5409----------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005410
5411The HTTP format is the most complete and the best suited for HTTP proxies. It
5412is enabled by when "option httplog" is specified in the frontend. It provides
5413the same level of information as the TCP format with additional features which
5414are specific to the HTTP protocol. Just like the TCP format, the log is usually
5415emitted at the end of the session, unless "option logasap" is specified, which
5416generally only makes sense for download sites. A session which matches the
5417"monitor" rules will never logged. It is also possible not to log sessions for
5418which no data were sent by the client by specifying "option dontlognull" in the
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02005419frontend. Successful connections will not be logged if "option dontlog-normal"
5420is specified in the frontend.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005421
5422Most fields are shared with the TCP log, some being different. A few fields may
5423slightly vary depending on some configuration options. Those ones are marked
5424with a star ('*') after the field name below.
5425
5426 Example :
5427 frontend http-in
5428 mode http
5429 option httplog
5430 log global
5431 default_backend bck
5432
5433 backend static
5434 server srv1 127.0.0.1:8000
5435
5436 >>> Feb 6 12:14:14 localhost \
5437 haproxy[14389]: 10.0.1.2:33317 [06/Feb/2009:12:14:14.655] http-in \
5438 static/srv1 10/0/30/69/109 200 2750 - - ---- 1/1/1/1/0 0/0 {1wt.eu} \
5439 {} "GET /index.html HTTP/1.1"
5440
5441 Field Format Extract from the example above
5442 1 process_name '[' pid ']:' haproxy[14389]:
5443 2 client_ip ':' client_port 10.0.1.2:33317
5444 3 '[' accept_date ']' [06/Feb/2009:12:14:14.655]
5445 4 frontend_name http-in
5446 5 backend_name '/' server_name static/srv1
5447 6 Tq '/' Tw '/' Tc '/' Tr '/' Tt* 10/0/30/69/109
5448 7 status_code 200
5449 8 bytes_read* 2750
5450 9 captured_request_cookie -
5451 10 captured_response_cookie -
5452 11 termination_state ----
5453 12 actconn '/' feconn '/' beconn '/' srv_conn '/' retries* 1/1/1/1/0
5454 13 srv_queue '/' backend_queue 0/0
5455 14 '{' captured_request_headers* '}' {haproxy.1wt.eu}
5456 15 '{' captured_response_headers* '}' {}
5457 16 '"' http_request '"' "GET /index.html HTTP/1.1"
5458
5459
5460Detailed fields description :
5461 - "client_ip" is the IP address of the client which initiated the TCP
5462 connection to haproxy.
5463
5464 - "client_port" is the TCP port of the client which initiated the connection.
5465
5466 - "accept_date" is the exact date when the TCP connection was received by
5467 haproxy (which might be very slightly different from the date observed on
5468 the network if there was some queuing in the system's backlog). This is
5469 usually the same date which may appear in any upstream firewall's log. This
5470 does not depend on the fact that the client has sent the request or not.
5471
5472 - "frontend_name" is the name of the frontend (or listener) which received
5473 and processed the connection.
5474
5475 - "backend_name" is the name of the backend (or listener) which was selected
5476 to manage the connection to the server. This will be the same as the
5477 frontend if no switching rule has been applied.
5478
5479 - "server_name" is the name of the last server to which the connection was
5480 sent, which might differ from the first one if there were connection errors
5481 and a redispatch occurred. Note that this server belongs to the backend
5482 which processed the request. If the request was aborted before reaching a
5483 server, "<NOSRV>" is indicated instead of a server name. If the request was
5484 intercepted by the stats subsystem, "<STATS>" is indicated instead.
5485
5486 - "Tq" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting for the client to send
5487 a full HTTP request, not counting data. It can be "-1" if the connection
5488 was aborted before a complete request could be received. It should always
5489 be very small because a request generally fits in one single packet. Large
5490 times here generally indicate network trouble between the client and
5491 haproxy. See "Timers" below for more details.
5492
5493 - "Tw" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting in the various queues.
5494 It can be "-1" if the connection was aborted before reaching the queue.
5495 See "Timers" below for more details.
5496
5497 - "Tc" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting for the connection to
5498 establish to the final server, including retries. It can be "-1" if the
5499 request was aborted before a connection could be established. See "Timers"
5500 below for more details.
5501
5502 - "Tr" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting for the server to send
5503 a full HTTP response, not counting data. It can be "-1" if the request was
5504 aborted before a complete response could be received. It generally matches
5505 the server's processing time for the request, though it may be altered by
5506 the amount of data sent by the client to the server. Large times here on
5507 "GET" requests generally indicate an overloaded server. See "Timers" below
5508 for more details.
5509
5510 - "Tt" is the total time in milliseconds elapsed between the accept and the
5511 last close. It covers all possible processings. There is one exception, if
5512 "option logasap" was specified, then the time counting stops at the moment
5513 the log is emitted. In this case, a '+' sign is prepended before the value,
5514 indicating that the final one will be larger. See "Timers" below for more
5515 details.
5516
5517 - "status_code" is the HTTP status code returned to the client. This status
5518 is generally set by the server, but it might also be set by haproxy when
5519 the server cannot be reached or when its response is blocked by haproxy.
5520
5521 - "bytes_read" is the total number of bytes transmitted to the client when
5522 the log is emitted. This does include HTTP headers. If "option logasap" is
5523 specified, the this value will be prefixed with a '+' sign indicating that
5524 the final one may be larger. Please note that this value is a 64-bit
5525 counter, so log analysis tools must be able to handle it without
5526 overflowing.
5527
5528 - "captured_request_cookie" is an optional "name=value" entry indicating that
5529 the client had this cookie in the request. The cookie name and its maximum
5530 length are defined by the "capture cookie" statement in the frontend
5531 configuration. The field is a single dash ('-') when the option is not
5532 set. Only one cookie may be captured, it is generally used to track session
5533 ID exchanges between a client and a server to detect session crossing
5534 between clients due to application bugs. For more details, please consult
5535 the section "Capturing HTTP headers and cookies" below.
5536
5537 - "captured_response_cookie" is an optional "name=value" entry indicating
5538 that the server has returned a cookie with its response. The cookie name
5539 and its maximum length are defined by the "capture cookie" statement in the
5540 frontend configuration. The field is a single dash ('-') when the option is
5541 not set. Only one cookie may be captured, it is generally used to track
5542 session ID exchanges between a client and a server to detect session
5543 crossing between clients due to application bugs. For more details, please
5544 consult the section "Capturing HTTP headers and cookies" below.
5545
5546 - "termination_state" is the condition the session was in when the session
5547 ended. This indicates the session state, which side caused the end of
5548 session to happen, for what reason (timeout, error, ...), just like in TCP
5549 logs, and information about persistence operations on cookies in the last
5550 two characters. The normal flags should begin with "--", indicating the
5551 session was closed by either end with no data remaining in buffers. See
5552 below "Session state at disconnection" for more details.
5553
5554 - "actconn" is the total number of concurrent connections on the process when
5555 the session was logged. It it useful to detect when some per-process system
5556 limits have been reached. For instance, if actconn is close to 512 or 1024
5557 when multiple connection errors occur, chances are high that the system
5558 limits the process to use a maximum of 1024 file descriptors and that all
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005559 of them are used. See section 3 "Global parameters" to find how to tune the
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005560 system.
5561
5562 - "feconn" is the total number of concurrent connections on the frontend when
5563 the session was logged. It is useful to estimate the amount of resource
5564 required to sustain high loads, and to detect when the frontend's "maxconn"
5565 has been reached. Most often when this value increases by huge jumps, it is
5566 because there is congestion on the backend servers, but sometimes it can be
5567 caused by a denial of service attack.
5568
5569 - "beconn" is the total number of concurrent connections handled by the
5570 backend when the session was logged. It includes the total number of
5571 concurrent connections active on servers as well as the number of
5572 connections pending in queues. It is useful to estimate the amount of
5573 additional servers needed to support high loads for a given application.
5574 Most often when this value increases by huge jumps, it is because there is
5575 congestion on the backend servers, but sometimes it can be caused by a
5576 denial of service attack.
5577
5578 - "srv_conn" is the total number of concurrent connections still active on
5579 the server when the session was logged. It can never exceed the server's
5580 configured "maxconn" parameter. If this value is very often close or equal
5581 to the server's "maxconn", it means that traffic regulation is involved a
5582 lot, meaning that either the server's maxconn value is too low, or that
5583 there aren't enough servers to process the load with an optimal response
5584 time. When only one of the server's "srv_conn" is high, it usually means
5585 that this server has some trouble causing the requests to take longer to be
5586 processed than on other servers.
5587
5588 - "retries" is the number of connection retries experienced by this session
5589 when trying to connect to the server. It must normally be zero, unless a
5590 server is being stopped at the same moment the connection was attempted.
5591 Frequent retries generally indicate either a network problem between
5592 haproxy and the server, or a misconfigured system backlog on the server
5593 preventing new connections from being queued. This field may optionally be
5594 prefixed with a '+' sign, indicating that the session has experienced a
5595 redispatch after the maximal retry count has been reached on the initial
5596 server. In this case, the server name appearing in the log is the one the
5597 connection was redispatched to, and not the first one, though both may
5598 sometimes be the same in case of hashing for instance. So as a general rule
5599 of thumb, when a '+' is present in front of the retry count, this count
5600 should not be attributed to the logged server.
5601
5602 - "srv_queue" is the total number of requests which were processed before
5603 this one in the server queue. It is zero when the request has not gone
5604 through the server queue. It makes it possible to estimate the approximate
5605 server's response time by dividing the time spent in queue by the number of
5606 requests in the queue. It is worth noting that if a session experiences a
5607 redispatch and passes through two server queues, their positions will be
5608 cumulated. A request should not pass through both the server queue and the
5609 backend queue unless a redispatch occurs.
5610
5611 - "backend_queue" is the total number of requests which were processed before
5612 this one in the backend's global queue. It is zero when the request has not
5613 gone through the global queue. It makes it possible to estimate the average
5614 queue length, which easily translates into a number of missing servers when
5615 divided by a server's "maxconn" parameter. It is worth noting that if a
5616 session experiences a redispatch, it may pass twice in the backend's queue,
5617 and then both positions will be cumulated. A request should not pass
5618 through both the server queue and the backend queue unless a redispatch
5619 occurs.
5620
5621 - "captured_request_headers" is a list of headers captured in the request due
5622 to the presence of the "capture request header" statement in the frontend.
5623 Multiple headers can be captured, they will be delimited by a vertical bar
5624 ('|'). When no capture is enabled, the braces do not appear, causing a
5625 shift of remaining fields. It is important to note that this field may
5626 contain spaces, and that using it requires a smarter log parser than when
5627 it's not used. Please consult the section "Capturing HTTP headers and
5628 cookies" below for more details.
5629
5630 - "captured_response_headers" is a list of headers captured in the response
5631 due to the presence of the "capture response header" statement in the
5632 frontend. Multiple headers can be captured, they will be delimited by a
5633 vertical bar ('|'). When no capture is enabled, the braces do not appear,
5634 causing a shift of remaining fields. It is important to note that this
5635 field may contain spaces, and that using it requires a smarter log parser
5636 than when it's not used. Please consult the section "Capturing HTTP headers
5637 and cookies" below for more details.
5638
5639 - "http_request" is the complete HTTP request line, including the method,
5640 request and HTTP version string. Non-printable characters are encoded (see
5641 below the section "Non-printable characters"). This is always the last
5642 field, and it is always delimited by quotes and is the only one which can
5643 contain quotes. If new fields are added to the log format, they will be
5644 added before this field. This field might be truncated if the request is
5645 huge and does not fit in the standard syslog buffer (1024 characters). This
5646 is the reason why this field must always remain the last one.
5647
5648
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020056498.3. Advanced logging options
5650-----------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005651
5652Some advanced logging options are often looked for but are not easy to find out
5653just by looking at the various options. Here is an entry point for the few
5654options which can enable better logging. Please refer to the keywords reference
5655for more information about their usage.
5656
5657
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020056588.3.1. Disabling logging of external tests
5659------------------------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005660
5661It is quite common to have some monitoring tools perform health checks on
5662haproxy. Sometimes it will be a layer 3 load-balancer such as LVS or any
5663commercial load-balancer, and sometimes it will simply be a more complete
5664monitoring system such as Nagios. When the tests are very frequent, users often
5665ask how to disable logging for those checks. There are three possibilities :
5666
5667 - if connections come from everywhere and are just TCP probes, it is often
5668 desired to simply disable logging of connections without data exchange, by
5669 setting "option dontlognull" in the frontend. It also disables logging of
5670 port scans, which may or may not be desired.
5671
5672 - if the connection come from a known source network, use "monitor-net" to
5673 declare this network as monitoring only. Any host in this network will then
5674 only be able to perform health checks, and their requests will not be
5675 logged. This is generally appropriate to designate a list of equipments
5676 such as other load-balancers.
5677
5678 - if the tests are performed on a known URI, use "monitor-uri" to declare
5679 this URI as dedicated to monitoring. Any host sending this request will
5680 only get the result of a health-check, and the request will not be logged.
5681
5682
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020056838.3.2. Logging before waiting for the session to terminate
5684----------------------------------------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005685
5686The problem with logging at end of connection is that you have no clue about
5687what is happening during very long sessions, such as remote terminal sessions
5688or large file downloads. This problem can be worked around by specifying
5689"option logasap" in the frontend. Haproxy will then log as soon as possible,
5690just before data transfer begins. This means that in case of TCP, it will still
5691log the connection status to the server, and in case of HTTP, it will log just
5692after processing the server headers. In this case, the number of bytes reported
5693is the number of header bytes sent to the client. In order to avoid confusion
5694with normal logs, the total time field and the number of bytes are prefixed
5695with a '+' sign which means that real numbers are certainly larger.
5696
5697
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020056988.3.3. Raising log level upon errors
5699------------------------------------
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02005700
5701Sometimes it is more convenient to separate normal traffic from errors logs,
5702for instance in order to ease error monitoring from log files. When the option
5703"log-separate-errors" is used, connections which experience errors, timeouts,
5704retries, redispatches or HTTP status codes 5xx will see their syslog level
5705raised from "info" to "err". This will help a syslog daemon store the log in
5706a separate file. It is very important to keep the errors in the normal traffic
5707file too, so that log ordering is not altered. You should also be careful if
5708you already have configured your syslog daemon to store all logs higher than
5709"notice" in an "admin" file, because the "err" level is higher than "notice".
5710
5711
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020057128.3.4. Disabling logging of successful connections
5713--------------------------------------------------
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02005714
5715Although this may sound strange at first, some large sites have to deal with
5716multiple thousands of logs per second and are experiencing difficulties keeping
5717them intact for a long time or detecting errors within them. If the option
5718"dontlog-normal" is set on the frontend, all normal connections will not be
5719logged. In this regard, a normal connection is defined as one without any
5720error, timeout, retry nor redispatch. In HTTP, the status code is checked too,
5721and a response with a status 5xx is not considered normal and will be logged
5722too. Of course, doing is is really discouraged as it will remove most of the
5723useful information from the logs. Do this only if you have no other
5724alternative.
5725
5726
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020057278.4. Timing events
5728------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005729
5730Timers provide a great help in troubleshooting network problems. All values are
5731reported in milliseconds (ms). These timers should be used in conjunction with
5732the session termination flags. In TCP mode with "option tcplog" set on the
5733frontend, 3 control points are reported under the form "Tw/Tc/Tt", and in HTTP
5734mode, 5 control points are reported under the form "Tq/Tw/Tc/Tr/Tt" :
5735
5736 - Tq: total time to get the client request (HTTP mode only). It's the time
5737 elapsed between the moment the client connection was accepted and the
5738 moment the proxy received the last HTTP header. The value "-1" indicates
5739 that the end of headers (empty line) has never been seen. This happens when
5740 the client closes prematurely or times out.
5741
5742 - Tw: total time spent in the queues waiting for a connection slot. It
5743 accounts for backend queue as well as the server queues, and depends on the
5744 queue size, and the time needed for the server to complete previous
5745 requests. The value "-1" means that the request was killed before reaching
5746 the queue, which is generally what happens with invalid or denied requests.
5747
5748 - Tc: total time to establish the TCP connection to the server. It's the time
5749 elapsed between the moment the proxy sent the connection request, and the
5750 moment it was acknowledged by the server, or between the TCP SYN packet and
5751 the matching SYN/ACK packet in return. The value "-1" means that the
5752 connection never established.
5753
5754 - Tr: server response time (HTTP mode only). It's the time elapsed between
5755 the moment the TCP connection was established to the server and the moment
5756 the server sent its complete response headers. It purely shows its request
5757 processing time, without the network overhead due to the data transmission.
5758 It is worth noting that when the client has data to send to the server, for
5759 instance during a POST request, the time already runs, and this can distort
5760 apparent response time. For this reason, it's generally wise not to trust
5761 too much this field for POST requests initiated from clients behind an
5762 untrusted network. A value of "-1" here means that the last the response
5763 header (empty line) was never seen, most likely because the server timeout
5764 stroke before the server managed to process the request.
5765
5766 - Tt: total session duration time, between the moment the proxy accepted it
5767 and the moment both ends were closed. The exception is when the "logasap"
5768 option is specified. In this case, it only equals (Tq+Tw+Tc+Tr), and is
5769 prefixed with a '+' sign. From this field, we can deduce "Td", the data
5770 transmission time, by substracting other timers when valid :
5771
5772 Td = Tt - (Tq + Tw + Tc + Tr)
5773
5774 Timers with "-1" values have to be excluded from this equation. In TCP
5775 mode, "Tq" and "Tr" have to be excluded too. Note that "Tt" can never be
5776 negative.
5777
5778These timers provide precious indications on trouble causes. Since the TCP
5779protocol defines retransmit delays of 3, 6, 12... seconds, we know for sure
5780that timers close to multiples of 3s are nearly always related to lost packets
5781due to network problems (wires, negociation, congestion). Moreover, if "Tt" is
5782close to a timeout value specified in the configuration, it often means that a
5783session has been aborted on timeout.
5784
5785Most common cases :
5786
5787 - If "Tq" is close to 3000, a packet has probably been lost between the
5788 client and the proxy. This is very rare on local networks but might happen
5789 when clients are on far remote networks and send large requests. It may
5790 happen that values larger than usual appear here without any network cause.
5791 Sometimes, during an attack or just after a resource starvation has ended,
5792 haproxy may accept thousands of connections in a few milliseconds. The time
5793 spent accepting these connections will inevitably slightly delay processing
5794 of other connections, and it can happen that request times in the order of
5795 a few tens of milliseconds are measured after a few thousands of new
5796 connections have been accepted at once.
5797
5798 - If "Tc" is close to 3000, a packet has probably been lost between the
5799 server and the proxy during the server connection phase. This value should
5800 always be very low, such as 1 ms on local networks and less than a few tens
5801 of ms on remote networks.
5802
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02005803 - If "Tr" is nearly always lower than 3000 except some rare values which seem
5804 to be the average majored by 3000, there are probably some packets lost
5805 between the proxy and the server.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005806
5807 - If "Tt" is large even for small byte counts, it generally is because
5808 neither the client nor the server decides to close the connection, for
5809 instance because both have agreed on a keep-alive connection mode. In order
5810 to solve this issue, it will be needed to specify "option httpclose" on
5811 either the frontend or the backend. If the problem persists, it means that
5812 the server ignores the "close" connection mode and expects the client to
5813 close. Then it will be required to use "option forceclose". Having the
5814 smallest possible 'Tt' is important when connection regulation is used with
5815 the "maxconn" option on the servers, since no new connection will be sent
5816 to the server until another one is released.
5817
5818Other noticeable HTTP log cases ('xx' means any value to be ignored) :
5819
5820 Tq/Tw/Tc/Tr/+Tt The "option logasap" is present on the frontend and the log
5821 was emitted before the data phase. All the timers are valid
5822 except "Tt" which is shorter than reality.
5823
5824 -1/xx/xx/xx/Tt The client was not able to send a complete request in time
5825 or it aborted too early. Check the session termination flags
5826 then "timeout http-request" and "timeout client" settings.
5827
5828 Tq/-1/xx/xx/Tt It was not possible to process the request, maybe because
5829 servers were out of order, because the request was invalid
5830 or forbidden by ACL rules. Check the session termination
5831 flags.
5832
5833 Tq/Tw/-1/xx/Tt The connection could not establish on the server. Either it
5834 actively refused it or it timed out after Tt-(Tq+Tw) ms.
5835 Check the session termination flags, then check the
5836 "timeout connect" setting. Note that the tarpit action might
5837 return similar-looking patterns, with "Tw" equal to the time
5838 the client connection was maintained open.
5839
5840 Tq/Tw/Tc/-1/Tt The server has accepted the connection but did not return
5841 a complete response in time, or it closed its connexion
5842 unexpectedly after Tt-(Tq+Tw+Tc) ms. Check the session
5843 termination flags, then check the "timeout server" setting.
5844
5845
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020058468.5. Session state at disconnection
5847-----------------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005848
5849TCP and HTTP logs provide a session termination indicator in the
5850"termination_state" field, just before the number of active connections. It is
58512-characters long in TCP mode, and is extended to 4 characters in HTTP mode,
5852each of which has a special meaning :
5853
5854 - On the first character, a code reporting the first event which caused the
5855 session to terminate :
5856
5857 C : the TCP session was unexpectedly aborted by the client.
5858
5859 S : the TCP session was unexpectedly aborted by the server, or the
5860 server explicitly refused it.
5861
5862 P : the session was prematurely aborted by the proxy, because of a
5863 connection limit enforcement, because a DENY filter was matched,
5864 because of a security check which detected and blocked a dangerous
5865 error in server response which might have caused information leak
5866 (eg: cacheable cookie), or because the response was processed by
5867 the proxy (redirect, stats, etc...).
5868
5869 R : a resource on the proxy has been exhausted (memory, sockets, source
5870 ports, ...). Usually, this appears during the connection phase, and
5871 system logs should contain a copy of the precise error. If this
5872 happens, it must be considered as a very serious anomaly which
5873 should be fixed as soon as possible by any means.
5874
5875 I : an internal error was identified by the proxy during a self-check.
5876 This should NEVER happen, and you are encouraged to report any log
5877 containing this, because this would almost certainly be a bug. It
5878 would be wise to preventively restart the process after such an
5879 event too, in case it would be caused by memory corruption.
5880
5881 c : the client-side timeout expired while waiting for the client to
5882 send or receive data.
5883
5884 s : the server-side timeout expired while waiting for the server to
5885 send or receive data.
5886
5887 - : normal session completion, both the client and the server closed
5888 with nothing left in the buffers.
5889
5890 - on the second character, the TCP or HTTP session state when it was closed :
5891
5892 R : th proxy was waiting for a complete, valid REQUEST from the client
5893 (HTTP mode only). Nothing was sent to any server.
5894
5895 Q : the proxy was waiting in the QUEUE for a connection slot. This can
5896 only happen when servers have a 'maxconn' parameter set. It can
5897 also happen in the global queue after a redispatch consecutive to
5898 a failed attempt to connect to a dying server. If no redispatch is
5899 reported, then no connection attempt was made to any server.
5900
5901 C : the proxy was waiting for the CONNECTION to establish on the
5902 server. The server might at most have noticed a connection attempt.
5903
5904 H : the proxy was waiting for complete, valid response HEADERS from the
5905 server (HTTP only).
5906
5907 D : the session was in the DATA phase.
5908
5909 L : the proxy was still transmitting LAST data to the client while the
5910 server had already finished. This one is very rare as it can only
5911 happen when the client dies while receiving the last packets.
5912
5913 T : the request was tarpitted. It has been held open with the client
5914 during the whole "timeout tarpit" duration or until the client
5915 closed, both of which will be reported in the "Tw" timer.
5916
5917 - : normal session completion after end of data transfer.
5918
5919 - the third character tells whether the persistence cookie was provided by
5920 the client (only in HTTP mode) :
5921
5922 N : the client provided NO cookie. This is usually the case for new
5923 visitors, so counting the number of occurrences of this flag in the
5924 logs generally indicate a valid trend for the site frequentation.
5925
5926 I : the client provided an INVALID cookie matching no known server.
5927 This might be caused by a recent configuration change, mixed
5928 cookies between HTTP/HTTPS sites, or an attack.
5929
5930 D : the client provided a cookie designating a server which was DOWN,
5931 so either "option persist" was used and the client was sent to
5932 this server, or it was not set and the client was redispatched to
5933 another server.
5934
5935 V : the client provided a valid cookie, and was sent to the associated
5936 server.
5937
5938 - : does not apply (no cookie set in configuration).
5939
5940 - the last character reports what operations were performed on the persistence
5941 cookie returned by the server (only in HTTP mode) :
5942
5943 N : NO cookie was provided by the server, and none was inserted either.
5944
5945 I : no cookie was provided by the server, and the proxy INSERTED one.
5946 Note that in "cookie insert" mode, if the server provides a cookie,
5947 it will still be overwritten and reported as "I" here.
5948
5949 P : a cookie was PROVIDED by the server and transmitted as-is.
5950
5951 R : the cookie provided by the server was REWRITTEN by the proxy, which
5952 happens in "cookie rewrite" or "cookie prefix" modes.
5953
5954 D : the cookie provided by the server was DELETED by the proxy.
5955
5956 - : does not apply (no cookie set in configuration).
5957
5958The combination of the two first flags give a lot of information about what was
5959happening when the session terminated, and why it did terminate. It can be
5960helpful to detect server saturation, network troubles, local system resource
5961starvation, attacks, etc...
5962
5963The most common termination flags combinations are indicated below. They are
5964alphabetically sorted, with the lowercase set just after the upper case for
5965easier finding and understanding.
5966
5967 Flags Reason
5968
5969 -- Normal termination.
5970
5971 CC The client aborted before the connection could be established to the
5972 server. This can happen when haproxy tries to connect to a recently
5973 dead (or unchecked) server, and the client aborts while haproxy is
5974 waiting for the server to respond or for "timeout connect" to expire.
5975
5976 CD The client unexpectedly aborted during data transfer. This can be
5977 caused by a browser crash, by an intermediate equipment between the
5978 client and haproxy which decided to actively break the connection,
5979 by network routing issues between the client and haproxy, or by a
5980 keep-alive session between the server and the client terminated first
5981 by the client.
5982
5983 cD The client did not send nor acknowledge any data for as long as the
5984 "timeout client" delay. This is often caused by network failures on
5985 the client side, or the client simply leaving the net uncleanly.
5986
5987 CH The client aborted while waiting for the server to start responding.
5988 It might be the server taking too long to respond or the client
5989 clicking the 'Stop' button too fast.
5990
5991 cH The "timeout client" stroke while waiting for client data during a
5992 POST request. This is sometimes caused by too large TCP MSS values
5993 for PPPoE networks which cannot transport full-sized packets. It can
5994 also happen when client timeout is smaller than server timeout and
5995 the server takes too long to respond.
5996
5997 CQ The client aborted while its session was queued, waiting for a server
5998 with enough empty slots to accept it. It might be that either all the
5999 servers were saturated or that the assigned server was taking too
6000 long a time to respond.
6001
6002 CR The client aborted before sending a full HTTP request. Most likely
6003 the request was typed by hand using a telnet client, and aborted
6004 too early. The HTTP status code is likely a 400 here. Sometimes this
6005 might also be caused by an IDS killing the connection between haproxy
6006 and the client.
6007
6008 cR The "timeout http-request" stroke before the client sent a full HTTP
6009 request. This is sometimes caused by too large TCP MSS values on the
6010 client side for PPPoE networks which cannot transport full-sized
6011 packets, or by clients sending requests by hand and not typing fast
6012 enough, or forgetting to enter the empty line at the end of the
6013 request. The HTTP status code is likely a 408 here.
6014
6015 CT The client aborted while its session was tarpitted. It is important to
6016 check if this happens on valid requests, in order to be sure that no
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02006017 wrong tarpit rules have been written. If a lot of them happen, it
6018 might make sense to lower the "timeout tarpit" value to something
6019 closer to the average reported "Tw" timer, in order not to consume
6020 resources for just a few attackers.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006021
6022 SC The server or an equipement between it and haproxy explicitly refused
6023 the TCP connection (the proxy received a TCP RST or an ICMP message
6024 in return). Under some circumstances, it can also be the network
6025 stack telling the proxy that the server is unreachable (eg: no route,
6026 or no ARP response on local network). When this happens in HTTP mode,
6027 the status code is likely a 502 or 503 here.
6028
6029 sC The "timeout connect" stroke before a connection to the server could
6030 complete. When this happens in HTTP mode, the status code is likely a
6031 503 or 504 here.
6032
6033 SD The connection to the server died with an error during the data
6034 transfer. This usually means that haproxy has received an RST from
6035 the server or an ICMP message from an intermediate equipment while
6036 exchanging data with the server. This can be caused by a server crash
6037 or by a network issue on an intermediate equipment.
6038
6039 sD The server did not send nor acknowledge any data for as long as the
6040 "timeout server" setting during the data phase. This is often caused
6041 by too short timeouts on L4 equipements before the server (firewalls,
6042 load-balancers, ...), as well as keep-alive sessions maintained
6043 between the client and the server expiring first on haproxy.
6044
6045 SH The server aborted before sending its full HTTP response headers, or
6046 it crashed while processing the request. Since a server aborting at
6047 this moment is very rare, it would be wise to inspect its logs to
6048 control whether it crashed and why. The logged request may indicate a
6049 small set of faulty requests, demonstrating bugs in the application.
6050 Sometimes this might also be caused by an IDS killing the connection
6051 between haproxy and the server.
6052
6053 sH The "timeout server" stroke before the server could return its
6054 response headers. This is the most common anomaly, indicating too
6055 long transactions, probably caused by server or database saturation.
6056 The immediate workaround consists in increasing the "timeout server"
6057 setting, but it is important to keep in mind that the user experience
6058 will suffer from these long response times. The only long term
6059 solution is to fix the application.
6060
6061 sQ The session spent too much time in queue and has been expired. See
6062 the "timeout queue" and "timeout connect" settings to find out how to
6063 fix this if it happens too often. If it often happens massively in
6064 short periods, it may indicate general problems on the affected
6065 servers due to I/O or database congestion, or saturation caused by
6066 external attacks.
6067
6068 PC The proxy refused to establish a connection to the server because the
6069 process' socket limit has been reached while attempting to connect.
6070 The global "maxconn" parameter may be increased in the configuration
6071 so that it does not happen anymore. This status is very rare and
6072 might happen when the global "ulimit-n" parameter is forced by hand.
6073
6074 PH The proxy blocked the server's response, because it was invalid,
6075 incomplete, dangerous (cache control), or matched a security filter.
6076 In any case, an HTTP 502 error is sent to the client. One possible
6077 cause for this error is an invalid syntax in an HTTP header name
6078 containing unauthorized characters.
6079
6080 PR The proxy blocked the client's HTTP request, either because of an
6081 invalid HTTP syntax, in which case it returned an HTTP 400 error to
6082 the client, or because a deny filter matched, in which case it
6083 returned an HTTP 403 error.
6084
6085 PT The proxy blocked the client's request and has tarpitted its
6086 connection before returning it a 500 server error. Nothing was sent
6087 to the server. The connection was maintained open for as long as
6088 reported by the "Tw" timer field.
6089
6090 RC A local resource has been exhausted (memory, sockets, source ports)
6091 preventing the connection to the server from establishing. The error
6092 logs will tell precisely what was missing. This is very rare and can
6093 only be solved by proper system tuning.
6094
6095
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020060968.6. Non-printable characters
6097-----------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006098
6099In order not to cause trouble to log analysis tools or terminals during log
6100consulting, non-printable characters are not sent as-is into log files, but are
6101converted to the two-digits hexadecimal representation of their ASCII code,
6102prefixed by the character '#'. The only characters that can be logged without
6103being escaped are comprised between 32 and 126 (inclusive). Obviously, the
6104escape character '#' itself is also encoded to avoid any ambiguity ("#23"). It
6105is the same for the character '"' which becomes "#22", as well as '{', '|' and
6106'}' when logging headers.
6107
6108Note that the space character (' ') is not encoded in headers, which can cause
6109issues for tools relying on space count to locate fields. A typical header
6110containing spaces is "User-Agent".
6111
6112Last, it has been observed that some syslog daemons such as syslog-ng escape
6113the quote ('"') with a backslash ('\'). The reverse operation can safely be
6114performed since no quote may appear anywhere else in the logs.
6115
6116
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020061178.7. Capturing HTTP cookies
6118---------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006119
6120Cookie capture simplifies the tracking a complete user session. This can be
6121achieved using the "capture cookie" statement in the frontend. Please refer to
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006122section 4.2 for more details. Only one cookie can be captured, and the same
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006123cookie will simultaneously be checked in the request ("Cookie:" header) and in
6124the response ("Set-Cookie:" header). The respective values will be reported in
6125the HTTP logs at the "captured_request_cookie" and "captured_response_cookie"
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006126locations (see section 8.2.3 about HTTP log format). When either cookie is
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006127not seen, a dash ('-') replaces the value. This way, it's easy to detect when a
6128user switches to a new session for example, because the server will reassign it
6129a new cookie. It is also possible to detect if a server unexpectedly sets a
6130wrong cookie to a client, leading to session crossing.
6131
6132 Examples :
6133 # capture the first cookie whose name starts with "ASPSESSION"
6134 capture cookie ASPSESSION len 32
6135
6136 # capture the first cookie whose name is exactly "vgnvisitor"
6137 capture cookie vgnvisitor= len 32
6138
6139
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020061408.8. Capturing HTTP headers
6141---------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006142
6143Header captures are useful to track unique request identifiers set by an upper
6144proxy, virtual host names, user-agents, POST content-length, referrers, etc. In
6145the response, one can search for information about the response length, how the
6146server asked the cache to behave, or an object location during a redirection.
6147
6148Header captures are performed using the "capture request header" and "capture
6149response header" statements in the frontend. Please consult their definition in
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006150section 4.2 for more details.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006151
6152It is possible to include both request headers and response headers at the same
6153time. Non-existant headers are logged as empty strings, and if one header
6154appears more than once, only its last occurence will be logged. Request headers
6155are grouped within braces '{' and '}' in the same order as they were declared,
6156and delimited with a vertical bar '|' without any space. Response headers
6157follow the same representation, but are displayed after a space following the
6158request headers block. These blocks are displayed just before the HTTP request
6159in the logs.
6160
6161 Example :
6162 # This instance chains to the outgoing proxy
6163 listen proxy-out
6164 mode http
6165 option httplog
6166 option logasap
6167 log global
6168 server cache1 192.168.1.1:3128
6169
6170 # log the name of the virtual server
6171 capture request header Host len 20
6172
6173 # log the amount of data uploaded during a POST
6174 capture request header Content-Length len 10
6175
6176 # log the beginning of the referrer
6177 capture request header Referer len 20
6178
6179 # server name (useful for outgoing proxies only)
6180 capture response header Server len 20
6181
6182 # logging the content-length is useful with "option logasap"
6183 capture response header Content-Length len 10
6184
6185 # log the expected cache behaviour on the response
6186 capture response header Cache-Control len 8
6187
6188 # the Via header will report the next proxy's name
6189 capture response header Via len 20
6190
6191 # log the URL location during a redirection
6192 capture response header Location len 20
6193
6194 >>> Aug 9 20:26:09 localhost \
6195 haproxy[2022]: 127.0.0.1:34014 [09/Aug/2004:20:26:09] proxy-out \
6196 proxy-out/cache1 0/0/0/162/+162 200 +350 - - ---- 0/0/0/0/0 0/0 \
6197 {fr.adserver.yahoo.co||http://fr.f416.mail.} {|864|private||} \
6198 "GET http://fr.adserver.yahoo.com/"
6199
6200 >>> Aug 9 20:30:46 localhost \
6201 haproxy[2022]: 127.0.0.1:34020 [09/Aug/2004:20:30:46] proxy-out \
6202 proxy-out/cache1 0/0/0/182/+182 200 +279 - - ---- 0/0/0/0/0 0/0 \
6203 {w.ods.org||} {Formilux/0.1.8|3495|||} \
6204 "GET http://trafic.1wt.eu/ HTTP/1.1"
6205
6206 >>> Aug 9 20:30:46 localhost \
6207 haproxy[2022]: 127.0.0.1:34028 [09/Aug/2004:20:30:46] proxy-out \
6208 proxy-out/cache1 0/0/2/126/+128 301 +223 - - ---- 0/0/0/0/0 0/0 \
6209 {www.sytadin.equipement.gouv.fr||http://trafic.1wt.eu/} \
6210 {Apache|230|||http://www.sytadin.} \
6211 "GET http://www.sytadin.equipement.gouv.fr/ HTTP/1.1"
6212
6213
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020062148.9. Examples of logs
6215---------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006216
6217These are real-world examples of logs accompanied with an explanation. Some of
6218them have been made up by hand. The syslog part has been removed for better
6219reading. Their sole purpose is to explain how to decipher them.
6220
6221 >>> haproxy[674]: 127.0.0.1:33318 [15/Oct/2003:08:31:57.130] px-http \
6222 px-http/srv1 6559/0/7/147/6723 200 243 - - ---- 5/3/3/1/0 0/0 \
6223 "HEAD / HTTP/1.0"
6224
6225 => long request (6.5s) entered by hand through 'telnet'. The server replied
6226 in 147 ms, and the session ended normally ('----')
6227
6228 >>> haproxy[674]: 127.0.0.1:33319 [15/Oct/2003:08:31:57.149] px-http \
6229 px-http/srv1 6559/1230/7/147/6870 200 243 - - ---- 324/239/239/99/0 \
6230 0/9 "HEAD / HTTP/1.0"
6231
6232 => Idem, but the request was queued in the global queue behind 9 other
6233 requests, and waited there for 1230 ms.
6234
6235 >>> haproxy[674]: 127.0.0.1:33320 [15/Oct/2003:08:32:17.654] px-http \
6236 px-http/srv1 9/0/7/14/+30 200 +243 - - ---- 3/3/3/1/0 0/0 \
6237 "GET /image.iso HTTP/1.0"
6238
6239 => request for a long data transfer. The "logasap" option was specified, so
6240 the log was produced just before transfering data. The server replied in
6241 14 ms, 243 bytes of headers were sent to the client, and total time from
6242 accept to first data byte is 30 ms.
6243
6244 >>> haproxy[674]: 127.0.0.1:33320 [15/Oct/2003:08:32:17.925] px-http \
6245 px-http/srv1 9/0/7/14/30 502 243 - - PH-- 3/2/2/0/0 0/0 \
6246 "GET /cgi-bin/bug.cgi? HTTP/1.0"
6247
6248 => the proxy blocked a server response either because of an "rspdeny" or
6249 "rspideny" filter, or because the response was improperly formatted and
6250 not HTTP-compliant, or because it blocked sensible information which
6251 risked being cached. In this case, the response is replaced with a "502
6252 bad gateway". The flags ("PH--") tell us that it was haproxy who decided
6253 to return the 502 and not the server.
6254
6255 >>> haproxy[18113]: 127.0.0.1:34548 [15/Oct/2003:15:18:55.798] px-http \
6256 px-http/<NOSRV> -1/-1/-1/-1/8490 -1 0 - - CR-- 2/2/2/0/0 0/0 ""
6257
6258 => the client never completed its request and aborted itself ("C---") after
6259 8.5s, while the proxy was waiting for the request headers ("-R--").
6260 Nothing was sent to any server.
6261
6262 >>> haproxy[18113]: 127.0.0.1:34549 [15/Oct/2003:15:19:06.103] px-http \
6263 px-http/<NOSRV> -1/-1/-1/-1/50001 408 0 - - cR-- 2/2/2/0/0 0/0 ""
6264
6265 => The client never completed its request, which was aborted by the
6266 time-out ("c---") after 50s, while the proxy was waiting for the request
6267 headers ("-R--"). Nothing was sent to any server, but the proxy could
6268 send a 408 return code to the client.
6269
6270 >>> haproxy[18989]: 127.0.0.1:34550 [15/Oct/2003:15:24:28.312] px-tcp \
6271 px-tcp/srv1 0/0/5007 0 cD 0/0/0/0/0 0/0
6272
6273 => This log was produced with "option tcplog". The client timed out after
6274 5 seconds ("c----").
6275
6276 >>> haproxy[18989]: 10.0.0.1:34552 [15/Oct/2003:15:26:31.462] px-http \
6277 px-http/srv1 3183/-1/-1/-1/11215 503 0 - - SC-- 205/202/202/115/3 \
6278 0/0 "HEAD / HTTP/1.0"
6279
6280 => The request took 3s to complete (probably a network problem), and the
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006281 connection to the server failed ('SC--') after 4 attempts of 2 seconds
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006282 (config says 'retries 3'), and no redispatch (otherwise we would have
6283 seen "/+3"). Status code 503 was returned to the client. There were 115
6284 connections on this server, 202 connections on this proxy, and 205 on
6285 the global process. It is possible that the server refused the
6286 connection because of too many already established.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01006287
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01006288
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020062899. Statistics and monitoring
6290----------------------------
6291
6292It is possible to query HAProxy about its status. The most commonly used
6293mechanism is the HTTP statistics page. This page also exposes an alternative
6294CSV output format for monitoring tools. The same format is provided on the
6295Unix socket.
6296
6297
62989.1. CSV format
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01006299---------------
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif58a9622008-02-23 01:19:10 +01006300
Willy Tarreau7f062c42009-03-05 18:43:00 +01006301The statistics may be consulted either from the unix socket or from the HTTP
6302page. Both means provide a CSV format whose fields follow.
6303
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif58a9622008-02-23 01:19:10 +01006304 0. pxname: proxy name
6305 1. svname: service name (FRONTEND for frontend, BACKEND for backend, any name
6306 for server)
6307 2. qcur: current queued requests
6308 3. qmax: max queued requests
6309 4. scur: current sessions
6310 5. smax: max sessions
6311 6. slim: sessions limit
6312 7. stot: total sessions
6313 8. bin: bytes in
6314 9. bout: bytes out
6315 10. dreq: denied requests
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki2c6962c2008-03-02 02:42:14 +01006316 11. dresp: denied responses
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif58a9622008-02-23 01:19:10 +01006317 12. ereq: request errors
6318 13. econ: connection errors
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki2c6962c2008-03-02 02:42:14 +01006319 14. eresp: response errors
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif58a9622008-02-23 01:19:10 +01006320 15. wretr: retries (warning)
6321 16. wredis: redispatches (warning)
6322 17. status: status (UP/DOWN/...)
6323 18. weight: server weight (server), total weight (backend)
6324 19. act: server is active (server), number of active servers (backend)
6325 20. bck: server is backup (server), number of backup servers (backend)
6326 21. chkfail: number of failed checks
6327 22. chkdown: number of UP->DOWN transitions
6328 23. lastchg: last status change (in seconds)
6329 24. downtime: total downtime (in seconds)
6330 25. qlimit: queue limit
6331 26. pid: process id (0 for first instance, 1 for second, ...)
6332 27. iid: unique proxy id
6333 28. sid: service id (unique inside a proxy)
6334 29. throttle: warm up status
6335 30. lbtot: total number of times a server was selected
6336 31. tracked: id of proxy/server if tracking is enabled
6337 32. type (0=frontend, 1=backend, 2=server)
Willy Tarreau7f062c42009-03-05 18:43:00 +01006338 33. rate (number of sessions per second over last elapsed second)
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01006339
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01006340
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020063419.2. Unix Socket commands
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01006342-------------------------
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki2c6962c2008-03-02 02:42:14 +01006343
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01006344The following commands are supported on the UNIX stats socket ; all of them
6345must be terminated by a line feed. It is important to understand that when
6346multiple haproxy processes are started on the same sockets, any process may
6347pick up the request and will output its own stats.
6348
6349show stat [<iid> <type> <sid>]
6350 Dump statistics in the CSV format. By passing <id>, <type> and <sid>, it is
6351 possible to dump only selected items :
6352 - <iid> is a proxy ID, -1 to dump everything
6353 - <type> selects the type of dumpable objects : 1 for frontends, 2 for
6354 backends, 4 for servers, -1 for everything. These values can be ORed,
6355 for example:
6356 1 + 2 = 3 -> frontend + backend.
6357 1 + 2 + 4 = 7 -> frontend + backend + server.
6358 - <sid> is a server ID, -1 to dump everything from the selected proxy.
6359
6360show info
6361 Dump info about haproxy status on current process.
6362
6363show sess
6364 Dump all known sessions. Avoid doing this on slow connections as this can
6365 be huge.
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki2c6962c2008-03-02 02:42:14 +01006366
Willy Tarreaue0c8a1a2009-03-04 16:33:10 +01006367show errors [<iid>]
6368 Dump last known request and response errors collected by frontends and
6369 backends. If <iid> is specified, the limit the dump to errors concerning
6370 either frontend or backend whose ID is <iid>.
6371
6372 The errors which may be collected are the last request and response errors
6373 caused by protocol violations, often due to invalid characters in header
6374 names. The report precisely indicates what exact character violated the
6375 protocol. Other important information such as the exact date the error was
6376 detected, frontend and backend names, the server name (when known), the
6377 internal session ID and the source address which has initiated the session
6378 are reported too.
6379
6380 All characters are returned, and non-printable characters are encoded. The
6381 most common ones (\t = 9, \n = 10, \r = 13 and \e = 27) are encoded as one
6382 letter following a backslash. The backslash itself is encoded as '\\' to
6383 avoid confusion. Other non-printable characters are encoded '\xNN' where
6384 NN is the two-digits hexadecimal representation of the character's ASCII
6385 code.
6386
6387 Lines are prefixed with the position of their first character, starting at 0
6388 for the beginning of the buffer. At most one input line is printed per line,
6389 and large lines will be broken into multiple consecutive output lines so that
6390 the output never goes beyond 79 characters wide. It is easy to detect if a
6391 line was broken, because it will not end with '\n' and the next line's offset
6392 will be followed by a '+' sign, indicating it is a continuation of previous
6393 line.
6394
6395 Example :
6396 >>> $ echo "show errors" | socat stdio /tmp/sock1
6397 [04/Mar/2009:15:46:56.081] backend http-in (#2) : invalid response
6398 src 127.0.0.1, session #54, frontend fe-eth0 (#1), server s2 (#1)
6399 response length 213 bytes, error at position 23:
6400
6401 00000 HTTP/1.0 200 OK\r\n
6402 00017 header/bizarre:blah\r\n
6403 00038 Location: blah\r\n
6404 00054 Long-line: this is a very long line which should b
6405 00104+ e broken into multiple lines on the output buffer,
6406 00154+ otherwise it would be too large to print in a ter
6407 00204+ minal\r\n
6408 00211 \r\n
6409
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006410 In the example above, we see that the backend "http-in" which has internal
Willy Tarreaue0c8a1a2009-03-04 16:33:10 +01006411 ID 2 has blocked an invalid response from its server s2 which has internal
6412 ID 1. The request was on session 54 initiated by source 127.0.0.1 and
6413 received by frontend fe-eth0 whose ID is 1. The total response length was
6414 213 bytes when the error was detected, and the error was at byte 23. This
6415 is the slash ('/') in header name "header/bizarre", which is not a valid
6416 HTTP character for a header name.
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki2c6962c2008-03-02 02:42:14 +01006417
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01006418/*
6419 * Local variables:
6420 * fill-column: 79
6421 * End:
6422 */